Tweaks for next prerelease.

- Removed some old cruft.

- Removed some support for older versions of automake which technically was
  correct, but caused the newer automakes to squawk warnings during an
  initial sanity check (which isn't done very intelligently.)

  NOTE: this fix is technically not correct for older version of automake.
  These older version use the variable "INCLUDES" internally and could have
  them already set to an important value.  That is why we were appending
  our values to them.  However, newer versions of automake don't set this
  value themselves so it is an error to append to a non-existant variable.
  We seem to "get away" with overwriting the value on older versions of
  automake, but if you have problems, consider upgrading to at least
  automake-1.5.

.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+Makefile
+Makefile.in
+SimGear.spec
+aclocal.m4
+config.cache
+config.log
+config.status
+configure

AUTHORS

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Curtis Olsen and others.

Audio/CHANGES

@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-
-/**********************************************\
-*                                              *
-*                W A R N I N G                 *
-*                                              *
-* This file is now kept in reverse chronolog-  *
-* ical order so recent changes are now at the  *
-* top.                                         *
-*                                              *
-\**********************************************/
-
-* 28th Sept 1889 -- Fixed a bug associated with exiting the
-                      program with sounds still playing.
-                    Fixed a bug associated with using the
-                      package in the absence of a sound card.
-                    Added a new member function "working"
-                      which is the opposite of "not_working",
-                      (as demanded by a bunch of rabid optimists)!
-                    Fixed a couple of typo's in the manual.
-
-* 23rd Sept 1998 -- The Good News: Finally got around to
-                         getting the pitch envelope working. (Hooray) 
-                    The Bad News: This costs quite a bit in
-                         performance - and it was a MAJOR rewrite
-                         of significant parts of the internals,
-                         so we may need some bug fixes.
-                    This version is 0.5
-
-* 7th  July 1998 -- Fixed some error checking in slSample.cxx and
-                    a missing declaration in sl.h
-
-* 6th  July 1998 -- Fixed an initialisation problem when
-                    slScheduler was not a static/global.
-
-                    Tom Knienieder's port to SGI/IRIX is now
-                    working, documentation updated to reflect that.
-
-* 16th June 1998 -- Added some slPortability.h fixes for
-                    FreeBSD and the Cygnus WIN32 compiler.
-                    Many thanks to Curt.
-
-* 14th June 1998 -- Tom Knienieder's port to OpenBSD is now
-                    working, documentation updated to reflect that.
-                    Tom's improved Makefiles included, also some
-                    example sound samples that were accidentally
-                    left out of the release are now present.
-                    A couple of typo's in the WIN32 section
-                    have been fixed. The top level Makefile
-                    now requires you to type 'make linux',
-                    'make win' or 'make openbsd'.
-
-* 13th June 1998 -- Tom Knienieder's port to WIN32 engine is now
-                    working, documentation updated to reflect that
-                    revised status. Some default constructor parameters
-                    have changed, slDSP no longer supports setRate/setBps/setStereo.
-                    You now have to delete the slDSP and recreate it with
-                    new parameters. This makes porting a little easier.
-                    'sound_test' renamed 'example'.
-
-* 7th  June 1998 -- Volume envelopes (and inverse volume envelopes)
-                    now work correctly. Pan envelopes won't work
-                    until stereo is implemented. Pitch and filter
-                    envelopes turn out to be a major pain to implement
-                    with the present slSceduler/slSamplePlayer interface,
-                    so some significant internal changes are to be
-                    expected.
-
-                    Changed the CHANGES file to be in reverse
-                    chronological order.
-
-                    This version is officially  SL v0.3 (beta)
- 
-*  3rd June 1998 -- Moved sample program and it's data files into
-                    'example', moved documents into 'doc' and sources
-                    into 'src'. Final library goes into 'lib'.
-
-                    The entire preempting mechanism was broken -
-                    now it's fixed.
- 
-                    Added a callback mechanism that allows
-                    applications to know when a sound
-                    loops, finishes playing, is pre-empted, etc.
-
-                    New mechanisms added to stop/pause/resume a
-                    playing sample.
- 
-                    All the documentation - and some of the code -
-                    for slEnvelopes has been added, they don't
-                    work yet - so don't bother with them for now.
-
-                    Made some code a little more bullet-proof.
-                    slSample's are now reference-counted so you
-                    can't accidentally delete one while it's
-                    playing without getting a FATAL error.
-
-* 2nd  June 1998 -- Fixed bug in initialisation that prevented SL
-                    from functioning correctly in the case were there
-                    is no sound card present.
-
-                    This version is officially  SL v0.2 (beta)
-
-* 1st  June 1998 -- Split library into two parts - libsm and
-                    libsl. libsm contains only the Mixer class
-                    since it is likely to be hard to port to
-                    a lot of non-OSS systems - and most programs
-                    won't need it anyway. Hence the documentation
-                    has blossomed into three files and all the
-                    'slMixer' references have turned into 'smMixer'.
-                    Also, I finally got a hold of the OSS documentation,
-                    which is a lot more complete - and straightened
-                    me out on a few points. slDSP has changed
-                    (internally) somewhat as a result and in particular,
-                    you can no longer mess with the sampling rate,
-                    stereo and bps settings after the slDSP or
-                    slScheduler has been created. This also allows the
-                    scheduler to enforce it's rule about only mono/8bps
-                    operations.
-
-                    I also added an 'autoMatch' function to the slSample
-                    class to automagically match incoming samples to the
-                    current slDSP/slScheduler. This makes using the library
-                    a lot less painful and error-prone.
- 
-                    This version is officially  SL v0.1 (beta)
- 
-                    We need a better name!
-
-* 30th May  1998 -- Almost total rewrite, library can now
-                    play multiple sounds without interruption,
-                    supports '.WAV' and '.AU' file formats as
-                    well as raw binary files. Able to copy with
-                    much shorter safetyMargin on sound buffers,
-                    and play without using the 'stop' call.
-                    All class and external symbols now begin
-                    with 'sl' or 'SL'. HTML documentation now
-                    available.
-
-* 27th May  1998 -- First hack
-

Audio/Makefile.am

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-SUBDIRS = src example

Audio/NOTICE

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-NOTICE:  This Sound Library (SL) distribution contains source code that is
-placed into the public domain without copyright. These programs are freely
-distributable without licensing fees.  These programs are provided without
-guarantee or warrantee expressed or implied. 
-
-If you use SL in a commercial or shareware product, it would be nice if you
-gave credit where it is due.  If you make any modifications or improvements
-to SL, I would greatly appreciate a copy of the improved code.
-

Audio/README

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-
-Hi!
-
-  This is the fifth prototype of Steve's 'SL' sound library.
-
-  Check out 'CHANGES' and the new HTML documentation.
-
-Steve
-

Audio/README.freebsd

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-
-Building SL for Linux.
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-   % make freebsd
-   % su root
-   % make install
-
-...that's all folks.
-
-Header  files   go into /usr/include/SL (analogous to /usr/include/GL for graphics)
-Library file(s) go into /usr/lib
-

Audio/README.linux

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-
-Building SL for Linux.
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-   % make linux
-   % su root
-   % make install
-
-...that's all folks.
-
-Header  files   go into /usr/include/SL (analogous to /usr/include/GL for graphics)
-Library file(s) go into /usr/lib
-

Audio/README.openbsd

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-
-Building SL for OpenBSD.
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-   % make openbsd
-   % su root
-   % make install
-
-...that's all folks.
-
-Header  files   go into /usr/include/SL (analogous to /usr/include/GL for graphics)
-Library file(s) go into /usr/lib
-

Audio/README.sgi

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-
-Building SL for SGI.
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-There are two options, depending on whether you want to use GCC or
-the standard SGI C++ compiler.
-
-GNU G++:
-
-   % make sgigcc
-   % su root
-   % make install
-
-SGI C++:
-
-   % make sgi
-   % su root
-   % make install
-
-...that's all folks.
-
-Header  files   go into /usr/include/SL (analogous to /usr/include/GL for graphics)
-Library file(s) go into /usr/lib
-
-When you link, be sure to include to -laudio
-
-

Audio/README.unix

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-Building SL for UNIX
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-If your UNIX box is Linux or OpenBSD then
-check out README.linux or README.openbsd.
-
-If your UNIX box supports OSS (the Open
-Sound System) then in principal, you should
-only need to type:
-
-  % make oss
-  % su root
-  % make install
-
-...however, your milage may vary. If you succeed
-in getting a non-Linux, non-OpenBSD version to
-work, I'd like to hear about it.
-
-          Steve Baker  <sjbaker1@airmail.net>
-

Audio/README.win

@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-
-Building SL for win32 (msvc)
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-   C:>nmake win32
-
-
-don't forget to set the environment !
-
-example:
-
-set include=c:\msdev\include;
-set lib=c:\msdev\lib
-
-path c:\msdev\bin;c:\bin;c:\winnt;......

Bucket/Makefile.am

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-noinst_LIBRARIES = libBucket.a
-
-libBucket_a_SOURCES = newbucket.cxx newbucket.hxx
-
-bin_PROGRAMS = testbucket
-
-testbucket_SOURCES = testbucket.cxx
-
-testbucket_LDADD = $(top_builddir)/Lib/Bucket/libBucket.a
-
-INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir)

Bucket/newbucket.cxx

@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-/**************************************************************************
- * newbucket.hxx -- new bucket routines for better world modeling
- *
- * Written by Curtis L. Olson, started February 1999.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1999  Curtis L. Olson - curt@flightgear.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
- * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
- * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- *
- * $Id$
- * (Log is kept at end of this file)
- **************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-
-#include "newbucket.hxx"
-
-
-// Build the path name for this bucket
-string FGBucket::gen_base_path() const {
-    // long int index;
-    int top_lon, top_lat, main_lon, main_lat;
-    char hem, pole;
-    char path[256];
-
-    // index = gen_index();
-
-    path[0] = '\0';
-	
-    top_lon = lon / 10;
-    main_lon = lon;
-    if ( (lon < 0) && (top_lon * 10 != lon) ) {
-	top_lon -= 1;
-    }
-    top_lon *= 10;
-    if ( top_lon >= 0 ) {
-	hem = 'e';
-    } else {
-	hem = 'w';
-	top_lon *= -1;
-    }
-    if ( main_lon < 0 ) {
-	main_lon *= -1;
-    }
-    
-    top_lat = lat / 10;
-    main_lat = lat;
-    if ( (lat < 0) && (top_lat * 10 != lat) ) {
-	top_lat -= 1;
-    }
-    top_lat *= 10;
-    if ( top_lat >= 0 ) {
-	pole = 'n';
-    } else {
-	pole = 's';
-	top_lat *= -1;
-    }
-    if ( main_lat < 0 ) {
-	main_lat *= -1;
-    }
-
-    sprintf(path, "%c%03d%c%02d/%c%03d%c%02d", 
-	    hem, top_lon, pole, top_lat,
-	    hem, main_lon, pole, main_lat);
-
-    return path;
-}
-
-
-// find the bucket which is offset by the specified tile units in the
-// X & Y direction.  We need the current lon and lat to resolve
-// ambiguities when going from a wider tile to a narrower one above or
-// below.  This assumes that we are feeding in
-FGBucket fgBucketOffset( double dlon, double dlat, int dx, int dy ) {
-    FGBucket result( dlon, dlat );
-    double clat = result.get_center_lat() + dy * FG_BUCKET_SPAN;
-
-    // walk dy units in the lat direction
-    result.set_bucket( dlon, clat );
-
-    // find the lon span for the new latitude
-    double span = bucket_span( clat );
-
-    // walk dx units in the lon direction
-    result.set_bucket( dlon + dx * span, clat );
-
-    return result;
-}
-
-
-// calculate the offset between two buckets
-void fgBucketDiff( const FGBucket& b1, const FGBucket& b2, int *dx, int *dy ) {
-
-    // Latitude difference
-    double c1_lat = b1.get_center_lat();
-    double c2_lat = b2.get_center_lat();
-    double diff_lat = c2_lat - c1_lat;
-
-#ifdef HAVE_RINT
-    *dy = (int)rint( diff_lat / FG_BUCKET_SPAN );
-#else
-    if ( diff_lat > 0 ) {
-	*dy = (int)( diff_lat / FG_BUCKET_SPAN + 0.5 );
-    } else {
-	*dy = (int)( diff_lat / FG_BUCKET_SPAN - 0.5 );
-    }
-#endif
-
-    // longitude difference
-    double c1_lon = b1.get_center_lon();
-    double c2_lon = b2.get_center_lon();
-    double diff_lon = c2_lon - c1_lon;
-    double span;
-    if ( bucket_span(c1_lat) <= bucket_span(c2_lat) ) {
-	span = bucket_span(c1_lat);
-    } else {
-	span = bucket_span(c2_lat);
-    }
-
-#ifdef HAVE_RINT
-    *dx = (int)rint( diff_lon / span );
-#else
-    if ( diff_lon > 0 ) {
-	*dx = (int)( diff_lon / span + 0.5 );
-    } else {
-	*dx = (int)( diff_lon / span - 0.5 );
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.4  1999/03/27 05:34:05  curt
-// Elimitated some const warnings from the compiler.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1999/02/26 22:07:54  curt
-// Added initial support for native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1999/02/11 01:09:33  curt
-// Added a routine to calculate the offset in bucket units between two buckets.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1999/02/08 23:52:16  curt
-// Added a new "newbucket.[ch]xx" FGBucket class to replace the old
-// fgBUCKET struct and C routines.  This FGBucket class adjusts the tile
-// width towards the poles to ensure the tiles are at least 8 miles wide.
-//
-

Bucket/newbucket.hxx

@@ -1,360 +0,0 @@
-/**************************************************************************
- * newbucket.hxx -- new bucket routines for better world modeling
- *
- * Written by Curtis L. Olson, started February 1999.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1999  Curtis L. Olson - curt@flightgear.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
- * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
- * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- *
- * $Id$
- * (Log is kept at end of this file)
- **************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef _NEWBUCKET_HXX
-#define _NEWBUCKET_HXX
-
-#include <Include/compiler.h>
-
-#include STL_STRING
-
-#ifdef FG_HAVE_STD_INCLUDES
-#  include <cstdio> // sprintf()
-#  include <iostream>
-#else
-#  include <stdio.h> // sprintf()
-#  include <iostream.h>
-#endif
-
-FG_USING_STD(string);
-FG_USING_STD(ostream);
-
-#include <Include/fg_constants.h>
-
-
-#define FG_BUCKET_SPAN      0.125   // 1/8 of a degree
-#define FG_HALF_BUCKET_SPAN 0.0625  // 1/2 of 1/8 of a degree = 1/16 = 0.0625
-
-class FGBucket;
-ostream& operator<< ( ostream&, const FGBucket& );
-bool operator== ( const FGBucket&, const FGBucket& );
-
-class FGBucket {
-
-private:
-    double cx, cy;  // centerpoint (lon, lat) in degrees of bucket
-    int lon;        // longitude index (-180 to 179)
-    int lat;        // latitude index (-90 to 89)
-    int x;          // x subdivision (0 to 7)
-    int y;          // y subdivision (0 to 7)
-
-public:
-    
-    // default constructor
-    FGBucket();
-
-    // create a bucket which would contain the specified lon/lat
-    FGBucket(const double lon, const double lat);
-
-    // create a bucket based on "long int" index
-    FGBucket(const long int bindex);
-
-    // create an impossible bucket if false
-    FGBucket(const bool is_good);
-
-    ~FGBucket();
-
-    // Set the bucket params for the specified lat and lon
-    void set_bucket( double dlon, double dlat );
-
-    // Generate the unique scenery tile index for this bucket
-    long int gen_index();
-    string gen_index_str() const;
-
-    // Build the path name for this bucket
-    string gen_base_path() const;
-
-    // return the center lon of a tile
-    double get_center_lon() const;
-
-    // return width of the tile
-    double get_width() const;
-
-    // return the center lat of a tile
-    double get_center_lat() const;
-
-    // return height of the tile
-    double get_height() const;
-
-    // Informational methods
-    inline int get_lon() const { return lon; }
-    inline int get_lat() const { return lat; }
-    inline int get_x() const { return x; }
-    inline int get_y() const { return y; }
-
-    // friends
-    friend ostream& operator<< ( ostream&, const FGBucket& );
-    friend bool operator== ( const FGBucket&, const FGBucket& );
-};
-
-
-// return the horizontal tile span factor based on latitude
-inline double bucket_span( double l ) {
-    if ( l >= 89.0 ) {
-	return 0.0;
-    } else if ( l >= 88.0 ) {
-	return 8.0;
-    } else if ( l >= 86.0 ) {
-	return 4.0;
-    } else if ( l >= 83.0 ) {
-	return 2.0;
-    } else if ( l >= 76.0 ) {
-	return 1.0;
-    } else if ( l >= 62.0 ) {
-	return 0.5;
-    } else if ( l >= 22.0 ) {
-	return 0.25;
-    } else if ( l >= -22.0 ) {
-	return 0.125;
-    } else if ( l >= -62.0 ) {
-	return 0.25;
-    } else if ( l >= -76.0 ) {
-	return 0.5;
-    } else if ( l >= -83.0 ) {
-	return 1.0;
-    } else if ( l >= -86.0 ) {
-	return 2.0;
-    } else if ( l >= -88.0 ) {
-	return 4.0;
-    } else if ( l >= -89.0 ) {
-	return 8.0;
-    } else {
-	return 0.0;
-    }
-}
-
-
-// Set the bucket params for the specified lat and lon
-inline void FGBucket::set_bucket( double dlon, double dlat ) {
-    //
-    // latitude first
-    //
-    double span = bucket_span( dlat );
-    double diff = dlon - (double)(int)dlon;
-
-    // cout << "diff = " << diff << "  span = " << span << endl;
-
-    if ( (dlon >= 0) || (fabs(diff) < FG_EPSILON) ) {
-	lon = (int)dlon;
-    } else {
-	lon = (int)dlon - 1;
-    }
-
-    // find subdivision or super lon if needed
-    if ( span < FG_EPSILON ) {
-	// polar cap
-	lon = 0;
-	x = 0;
-    } else if ( span <= 1.0 ) {
-	x = (int)((dlon - lon) / span);
-    } else {
-	if ( (dlon >= 0) || (fabs(diff) < FG_EPSILON) ) {
-	    lon = (int)( (int)(lon / span) * span);
-	} else {
-	    // cout << " lon = " << lon 
-	    //  << "  tmp = " << (int)((lon-1) / span) << endl;
-	    lon = (int)( (int)((lon + 1) / span) * span - span);
-	    if ( lon < -180 ) {
-		lon = -180;
-	    }
-	}
-	x = 0;
-    }
-
-    //
-    // then latitude
-    //
-    diff = dlat - (double)(int)dlat;
-
-    if ( (dlat >= 0) || (fabs(diff) < FG_EPSILON) ) {
-	lat = (int)dlat;
-    } else {
-	lat = (int)dlat - 1;
-    }
-    y = (int)((dlat - lat) * 8);
-}
-
-
-// default constructor
-inline FGBucket::FGBucket() {}
-
-
-// constructor for specified location
-inline FGBucket::FGBucket(const double dlon, const double dlat) {
-    set_bucket(dlon, dlat);
-}
-
-// create an impossible bucket if false
-inline FGBucket::FGBucket(const bool is_good) {
-    set_bucket(0.0, 0.0);
-    if ( !is_good ) {
-	lon = -1000;
-    }
-}
-    
-
-// Parse a unique scenery tile index and find the lon, lat, x, and y
-inline FGBucket::FGBucket(const long int bindex) {
-    long int index = bindex;
-
-    lon = index >> 14;
-    index -= lon << 14;
-    lon -= 180;
-    
-    lat = index >> 6;
-    index -= lat << 6;
-    lat -= 90;
-    
-    y = index >> 3;
-    index -= y << 3;
-
-    x = index;
-}
-
-
-// default destructor
-inline FGBucket::~FGBucket() {}
-
-
-// Generate the unique scenery tile index for this bucket
-// 
-// The index is constructed as follows:
-// 
-// 9 bits - to represent 360 degrees of longitude (-180 to 179)
-// 8 bits - to represent 180 degrees of latitude (-90 to 89)
-//
-// Each 1 degree by 1 degree tile is further broken down into an 8x8
-// grid.  So we also need:
-//
-// 3 bits - to represent x (0 to 7)
-// 3 bits - to represent y (0 to 7)
-
-inline long int FGBucket::gen_index() {
-    return ((lon + 180) << 14) + ((lat + 90) << 6) + (y << 3) + x;
-}
-
-inline string FGBucket::gen_index_str() const {
-    char tmp[20];
-    sprintf(tmp, "%ld", 
-	    (((long)lon + 180) << 14) + ((lat + 90) << 6) + (y << 3) + x);
-    return (string)tmp;
-}
-
-
-// return the center lon of a tile
-inline double FGBucket::get_center_lon() const {
-    double span = bucket_span( lat + y / 8.0 + FG_HALF_BUCKET_SPAN );
-
-    if ( span >= 1.0 ) {
-	return lon + span / 2.0;
-    } else {
-	return lon + x * span + span / 2.0;
-    }
-}
-
-
-// return width of the tile
-inline double FGBucket::get_width() const {
-    return bucket_span( get_center_lat() );
-}
-
-
-// return the center lat of a tile
-inline double FGBucket::get_center_lat() const {
-    return lat + y / 8.0 + FG_HALF_BUCKET_SPAN;
-}
-
-
-// return height of the tile
-inline double FGBucket::get_height() const {
-    return FG_BUCKET_SPAN;
-}
-
-
-// offset a bucket struct by the specified tile units in the X & Y
-// direction
-FGBucket fgBucketOffset( double dlon, double dlat, int x, int y );
-
-
-// calculate the offset between two buckets
-void fgBucketDiff( const FGBucket& b1, const FGBucket& b2, int *dx, int *dy );
-
-
-/*
-// Given a lat/lon, fill in the local tile index array
-void fgBucketGenIdxArray(fgBUCKET *p1, fgBUCKET *tiles, int width, int height);
-*/
-
-
-inline ostream&
-operator<< ( ostream& out, const FGBucket& b )
-{
-    return out << b.lon << ":" << b.x << ", " << b.lat << ":" << b.y;
-}
-
-
-inline bool
-operator== ( const FGBucket& b1, const FGBucket& b2 )
-{
-    return ( b1.lon == b2.lon &&
-	     b1.lat == b2.lat &&
-	     b1.x == b2.x &&
-	     b1.y == b2.y );
-}
-
-
-#endif // _NEWBUCKET_HXX
-
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.8  1999/03/27 05:34:06  curt
-// Elimitated some const warnings from the compiler.
-//
-// Revision 1.7  1999/03/25 19:01:51  curt
-// Jettisoned old bucketutils.[ch] for newbucket.[ch]xx
-//
-// Revision 1.6  1999/03/15 17:58:41  curt
-// MSVC++ portability tweaks contributed by Bernie Bright.
-//   Added using std::ostream declaration.
-//   Added forward declarations to work around a MSVC bug.
-//
-// Revision 1.5  1999/03/12 22:51:18  curt
-// Added some informational methods.
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1999/03/02 01:01:43  curt
-// Tweaks for compiling with native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1999/02/26 22:07:55  curt
-// Added initial support for native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1999/02/11 01:09:34  curt
-// Added a routine to calculate the offset in bucket units between two buckets.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1999/02/08 23:52:16  curt
-// Added a new "newbucket.[ch]xx" FGBucket class to replace the old
-// fgBUCKET struct and C routines.  This FGBucket class adjusts the tile
-// width towards the poles to ensure the tiles are at least 8 miles wide.
-//

Bucket/testbucket.cxx

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-// test new bucket routines
-
-#include "newbucket.cxx"
-
-main() {
-    double lat = 21.9625;
-    double lon = -110.0 + 0.0625;
-
-    /*
-    while ( lon < 180 ) {
-	FGBucket b1( lon, lat );
-	long int index = b1.gen_index();
-	FGBucket b2( index );
-
-	cout << lon << "," << lat << "  ";
-	cout << b2 << " " << b2.get_center_lon() << "," 
-	     << b2.get_center_lat() << endl;
-
-	lon += 0.125;
-    }
-    */
-
-    FGBucket b1;
-
-    for ( int j = 2; j >= -2; j-- ) {
-	for ( int i = -2; i < 3; i++ ) {
-	    b1 = fgBucketOffset(lon, lat, i, j);
-	    cout << "(" << i << "," << j << ")" << b1 << "\t";
-	}
-	cout << endl;
-    }
-}

COPYING

@@ -0,0 +1,481 @@
+                  GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+                    59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the library GPL.  It is
+ numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+  This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
+other libraries whose authors decide to use it.  You can use it for
+your libraries, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
+you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code.  If you link a program with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
+with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+  Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
+the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+  Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+library.  If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
+version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
+the original authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
+software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
+transforming the program into proprietary software.  To prevent this,
+we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
+free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
+GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs.  This
+license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
+designated libraries.  This license is quite different from the ordinary
+one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
+the same as in the ordinary license.
+
+  The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
+they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
+program and simply using it.  Linking a program with a library, without
+changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
+analogous to running a utility program or application program.  However, in
+a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
+derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
+treats it as such.
+
+  Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
+Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
+sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries.  We
+concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
+
+  However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
+users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
+libraries themselves.  This Library General Public License is intended to
+permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
+preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
+libraries that are incorporated in them.  (We have not seen how to achieve
+this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
+changes in the actual functions of the Library.)  The hope is that this
+will lead to faster development of free libraries.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library".  The
+former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
+works together with the library.
+
+  Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
+General Public License rather than by this special one.
+
+                  GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
+party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
+General Public License (also called "this License").  Each licensee is
+addressed as "you".
+
+  A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+  The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms.  A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+  "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+  Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+  
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+  You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+    b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+    charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+    table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+    the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+    is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+    in the event an application does not supply such function or
+    table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+    its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+    (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+    a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+    application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+    application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+    be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+    root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+  Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+  This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+  4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+  If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library".  Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+  However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library".  The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+  When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+  If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+  Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+
+  6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+  You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+    a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+    machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+    changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+    Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+    with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+    uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+    user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+    executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood
+    that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+    Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+    to use the modified definitions.)
+
+    b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+    least three years, to give the same user the materials
+    specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+    than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+    c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+    from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+    specified materials from the same place.
+
+    d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+    materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+  For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,
+the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
+distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+  It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+
+  7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+    a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+    based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+    facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the
+    Sections above.
+
+    b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+    that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+    where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+  8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+  10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+  13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+                            NO WARRANTY
+
+  15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+           How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+  If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change.  You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+  To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.  It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+  library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!

CVSROOT/checkoutlist

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-# The "checkoutlist" file is used to support additional version controlled
-# administrative files in $CVSROOT/CVSROOT, such as template files.
-#
-# The first entry on a line is a filename which will be checked out from
-# the corresponding RCS file in the $CVSROOT/CVSROOT directory.
-# The remainder of the line is an error message to use if the file cannot
-# be checked out.
-#
-# File format:
-#
-#	[<whitespace>]<filename><whitespace><error message><end-of-line>
-#
-# comment lines begin with '#'

CVSROOT/commitinfo

@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-# The "commitinfo" file is used to control pre-commit checks.
-# The filter on the right is invoked with the repository and a list 
-# of files to check.  A non-zero exit of the filter program will 
-# cause the commit to be aborted.
-#
-# The first entry on a line is a regular expression which is tested
-# against the directory that the change is being committed to, relative
-# to the $CVSROOT.  For the first match that is found, then the remainder
-# of the line is the name of the filter to run.
-#
-# If the repository name does not match any of the regular expressions in this
-# file, the "DEFAULT" line is used, if it is specified.
-#
-# If the name "ALL" appears as a regular expression it is always used
-# in addition to the first matching regex or "DEFAULT".

CVSROOT/cvswrappers

@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-# This file describes wrappers and other binary files to CVS.
-#
-# Wrappers are the concept where directories of files are to be
-# treated as a single file.  The intended use is to wrap up a wrapper
-# into a single tar such that the tar archive can be treated as a
-# single binary file in CVS.
-#
-# To solve the problem effectively, it was also necessary to be able to
-# prevent rcsmerge from merging these files.
-#
-# Format of wrapper file ($CVSROOT/CVSROOT/cvswrappers or .cvswrappers)
-#
-#  wildcard	[option value][option value]...
-#
-#  where option is one of
-#  -f		from cvs filter		value: path to filter
-#  -t		to cvs filter		value: path to filter
-#  -m		update methodology	value: MERGE or COPY
-#
-#  and value is a single-quote delimited value.
-#
-# For example:

CVSROOT/editinfo

@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-# The "editinfo" file is used to allow verification of logging
-# information.  It works best when a template (as specified in the
-# rcsinfo file) is provided for the logging procedure.  Given a
-# template with locations for, a bug-id number, a list of people who
-# reviewed the code before it can be checked in, and an external
-# process to catalog the differences that were code reviewed, the
-# following test can be applied to the code:
-#
-#   Making sure that the entered bug-id number is correct.
-#   Validating that the code that was reviewed is indeed the code being
-#       checked in (using the bug-id number or a seperate review
-#       number to identify this particular code set.).
-#
-# If any of the above test failed, then the commit would be aborted.
-#
-# Actions such as mailing a copy of the report to each reviewer are
-# better handled by an entry in the loginfo file.
-#
-# One thing that should be noted is the the ALL keyword is not
-# supported.  There can be only one entry that matches a given
-# repository.

CVSROOT/loginfo

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-# The "loginfo" file is used to control where "cvs commit" log information is
-# sent.  The first entry on a line is a regular expression which is tested
-# against the directory that the change is being made to, relative to the
-# $CVSROOT.  For the first match that is found, the remainder of the line is a
-# filter program that should expect log information on its standard input
-#
-# If the repository name does not match any of the regular expressions in the
-# first field of this file, the "DEFAULT" line is used, if it is specified.
-#
-# If the name "ALL" appears as a regular expression it is always used
-# in addition to the first matching regex or "DEFAULT".
-#
-# The filter program may use one and only one "%s" modifier (ala printf).  If
-# such a "%s" is specified in the filter program, a brief title is included
-# (as one argument, enclosed in single quotes) showing the relative directory
-# name and listing the modified file names.
-#
-# For example:
-#DEFAULT		(echo ""; who am i; echo %s; date; cat) >> $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog

CVSROOT/modules

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-# Three different line formats are valid:
-#	key	-a    aliases...
-#	key [options] directory
-#	key [options] directory files...
-#
-# Where "options" are composed of:
-#	-i prog		Run "prog" on "cvs commit" from top-level of module.
-#	-o prog		Run "prog" on "cvs checkout" of module.
-#	-e prog		Run "prog" on "cvs export" of module.
-#	-t prog		Run "prog" on "cvs rtag" of module.
-#	-u prog		Run "prog" on "cvs update" of module.
-#	-d dir		Place module in directory "dir" instead of module name.
-#	-l		Top-level directory only -- do not recurse.
-#
-# NOTE:  If you change any of the "Run" options above, you'll have to
-# release and re-checkout any working directories of these modules.
-#
-# And "directory" is a path to a directory relative to $CVSROOT.
-#
-# The "-a" option specifies an alias.  An alias is interpreted as if
-# everything on the right of the "-a" had been typed on the command line.
-#
-# You can encode a module within a module by using the special '&'
-# character to interpose another module into the current module.  This
-# can be useful for creating a module that consists of many directories
-# spread out over the entire source repository.

CVSROOT/notify

@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# The "notify" file controls where notifications from watches set by
-# "cvs watch add" or "cvs edit" are sent.  The first entry on a line is
-# a regular expression which is tested against the directory that the
-# change is being made to, relative to the $CVSROOT.  If it matches,
-# then the remainder of the line is a filter program that should contain
-# one occurrence of %s for the user to notify, and information on its
-# standard input.
-#
-# "ALL" or "DEFAULT" can be used in place of the regular expression.
-#
-# For example:
-#ALL mail %s -s "CVS notification"

CVSROOT/rcsinfo

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-# The "rcsinfo" file is used to control templates with which the editor
-# is invoked on commit and import.
-#
-# The first entry on a line is a regular expression which is tested
-# against the directory that the change is being made to, relative to the
-# $CVSROOT.  For the first match that is found, then the remainder of the
-# line is the name of the file that contains the template.
-#
-# If the repository name does not match any of the regular expressions in this
-# file, the "DEFAULT" line is used, if it is specified.
-#
-# If the name "ALL" appears as a regular expression it is always used
-# in addition to the first matching regex or "DEFAULT".

CVSROOT/taginfo

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-# The "taginfo" file is used to control pre-tag checks.
-# The filter on the right is invoked with the following arguments:
-#
-# $1 -- tagname
-# $2 -- operation "add" for tag, "mov" for tag -F, and "del" for tag -d
-# $3 -- repository
-# $4->  file revision [file revision ...]
-#
-# A non-zero exit of the filter program will cause the tag to be aborted.
-#
-# The first entry on a line is a regular expression which is tested
-# against the directory that the change is being committed to, relative
-# to the $CVSROOT.  For the first match that is found, then the remainder
-# of the line is the name of the filter to run.
-#
-# If the repository name does not match any of the regular expressions in this
-# file, the "DEFAULT" line is used, if it is specified.
-#
-# If the name "ALL" appears as a regular expression it is always used
-# in addition to the first matching regex or "DEFAULT".

Debug/Makefile.am

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-EXTRA_DIST = logtest.cxx
-
-noinst_LIBRARIES = libDebug.a
-
-libDebug_a_SOURCES = \
-	debug_types.h \
-	logstream.cxx logstream.hxx
-
-#	fg_debug.c fg_debug.h \
-
-INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir)

Debug/debug_types.h

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-// NB: To add a dbg_class, add it here, and add it to the structure in
-// fg_debug.c
-
-typedef enum {
-    FG_NONE      = 0x00000000,
-
-    FG_TERRAIN   = 0x00000001,
-    FG_ASTRO     = 0x00000002,
-    FG_FLIGHT    = 0x00000004,
-    FG_INPUT     = 0x00000008,
-    FG_GL        = 0x00000010,
-    FG_VIEW      = 0x00000020,
-    FG_COCKPIT   = 0x00000040,
-    FG_GENERAL   = 0x00000080,
-    FG_MATH      = 0x00000100,
-    FG_EVENT     = 0x00000200,
-    FG_AIRCRAFT  = 0x00000400,
-    FG_AUTOPILOT = 0x00000800,
-    FG_SERIAL    = 0x00001000,
-    FG_CLIPPER   = 0x00002000,
-    FG_UNDEFD    = 0x00004000, // For range checking
-
-    FG_ALL     = 0xFFFFFFFF
-} fgDebugClass;
-
-
-// NB: To add a priority, add it here.
-typedef enum {
-    FG_BULK,	    // For frequent messages
-    FG_DEBUG, 	    // Less frequent debug type messages
-    FG_INFO,        // Informatory messages
-    FG_WARN,	    // Possible impending problem
-    FG_ALERT       // Very possible impending problem
-    // FG_EXIT,        // Problem (no core)
-    // FG_ABORT        // Abandon ship (core)
-} fgDebugPriority;
-

Debug/fg_debug.c

@@ -1,310 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++ -*-
- *
- * fg_debug.c -- Flight Gear debug utility functions
- *
- * Written by Paul Bleisch, started January 1998. 
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Paul Bleisch, pbleisch@acm.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
- * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
- * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- *
- * $Id$
- * (Log is kept at end of this file)
- **************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include <Include/cmdargs.h> // Line to command line arguments
-
-#include "fg_debug.h"
-
-
-static int             fg_DebugSem      = 1;
-fgDebugClass           fg_DebugClass    = FG_NONE;  // Need visibility for
-fgDebugPriority        fg_DebugPriority = FG_INFO; // command line processing.
-static fgDebugCallback fg_DebugCallback = NULL;
-
-FILE *fg_DebugOutput = NULL;  // Visibility needed for command line processor.
-                              // This can be set to a FILE from the command
-                              // line. If not, it will be set to stderr.
-
-/* TODO: Actually make this thing thread safe */
-#ifdef USETHREADS
-#define FG_GRABDEBUGSEM  while( --fg_DebugSem < 0 ) { fg_DebugSem++; }
-#define FG_RELEASEDEBUGSEM fg_DebugSem++;
-#else
-#define FG_GRABDEBUGSEM
-#define FG_RELEASEDEBUGSEM
-#endif
-
-/* Used for convienence initialization from env variables.
- */
-static struct {
-    char *str;
-    fgDebugClass dbg_class;
-} fg_DebugClasses[] = {
-    { "FG_NONE",      0x00000000 },
-    { "FG_TERRAIN",   0x00000001 },
-    { "FG_ASTRO",     0x00000002 },
-    { "FG_FLIGHT",    0x00000004 },
-    { "FG_INPUT",     0x00000008 },
-    { "FG_GL",        0x00000010 },
-    { "FG_VIEW",      0x00000020 },
-    { "FG_COCKPIT",   0x00000040 },
-    { "FG_GENERAL",   0x00000080 },
-    { "FG_MATH",      0x00000100 },
-    { "FG_EVENT",     0x00000200 },
-    { "FG_AIRCRAFT",  0x00000400 },
-    { "FG_AUTOPILOT", 0x00000800 },
-
-    /* Do not edit below here, last entry should be null */
-    { "FG_ALL",       0xFFFFFFFF },
-    { NULL, 0 } 
-};
-
-static fgDebugClass fgDebugStrToClass( char *str );
-
-
-/* fgInitDebug =============================================================*/
-void fgInitDebug( void ) {
-    char *pszClass, *pszPrio, *pszFile;
-
-    // Support for log file/alt debug output via command line, environment or
-    // reasonable default.
-
-    /*
-    if( strlen( logArgbuf ) > 3) {   // First check for command line option
-	// Assumed that we will append.
-	fg_DebugOutput = fopen(logArgbuf, "a+" );
-    }
-    */
-
-    if( !fg_DebugOutput ) {          // If not set on command line, environment?
-	pszFile = getenv( "FG_DEBUGFILE" );
-	if( pszFile ) {          // There is such an environmental variable.
-	    fg_DebugOutput = fopen( pszFile, "a+" );
-	}
-    }
-
-    if( !fg_DebugOutput ) {         // If neither command line nor environment
-	fg_DebugOutput = stderr;      // then we use the fallback position
-    }
-    
-    FG_GRABDEBUGSEM;
-    fg_DebugSem = fg_DebugSem;  /* shut up GCC */
-
-    // Test command line option overridge of debug priority. If the value
-    // is in range (properly optioned) the we will override both defaults
-    // and the environmental value.
-
-    /*
-    if ((priorityArgValue >= FG_BULK) && (priorityArgValue <= FG_ABORT)) {
-	fg_DebugPriority = priorityArgValue;
-    } else {  // Either not set or out of range. We will not warn the user.
-    */
-	pszPrio = getenv( "FG_DEBUGPRIORITY" );
-	if( pszPrio ) {
-	    fg_DebugPriority = atoi( pszPrio );
-	    fprintf( stderr,
-		     "fg_debug.c: Environment overrides default debug priority (%d)\n",
-		     fg_DebugPriority );
-	}
-    /* } */
-
-
-    /*
-    if ((debugArgValue >= FG_ALL) && (debugArgValue < FG_UNDEFD)) {
-	fg_DebugPriority = priorityArgValue;
-    } else {  // Either not set or out of range. We will not warn the user.
-    */
-	pszClass = getenv( "FG_DEBUGCLASS" );
-	if( pszClass ) {
-	    fg_DebugClass = fgDebugStrToClass( pszClass );
-	    fprintf( stderr,
-		     "fg_debug.c: Environment overrides default debug class (0x%08X)\n",
-		     fg_DebugClass );
-	}
-    /* } */
-
-    FG_RELEASEDEBUGSEM;
-}
-
-/* fgDebugStrToClass ======================================================*/
-fgDebugClass fgDebugStrToClass( char *str ) {
-    char *hex = "0123456789ABCDEF";
-    char *hexl = "0123456789abcdef";
-    char *pt, *p, *ph, ps = 1;
-    unsigned int val = 0, i;
-  
-    if( str == NULL ) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Check for 0xXXXXXX notation */
-    p = strstr( str, "0x");
-    if( p ) {
-	p++; p++;
-	while (*p) {
-	    ph = strchr(hex,*p);
-	    if ( ph ) {
- 		val <<= 4;
-		val += ph-hex;
-		p++;
-	    } else {
-		ph = strchr(hexl,*p);
-		if ( ph ) {
-		    val <<= 4;
-		    val += ph-hex;
-		    p++;
-		} else {
-		    // fprintf( stderr, "Error in hex string '%s'\n", str ); 
-		    return FG_NONE;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    } else {
-	/* Must be in string format */
-	p = str;
-	ps = 1;
-	while( ps ) {
-	    while( *p && (*p==' ' || *p=='\t') ) p++; /* remove whitespace */
-	    pt = p; /* mark token */
-	    while( *p && (*p!='|') ) p++; /* find OR or EOS */
-	    ps = *p; /* save value at p so we can attempt to be bounds safe */
-	    *p++ = 0; /* terminate token */
-	    /* determine value for token */
-	    i=0; 
-	    while( fg_DebugClasses[i].str && 
-		   strncmp( fg_DebugClasses[i].str, pt, 
-			    strlen(fg_DebugClasses[i].str)) ) i++;
-	    if( fg_DebugClasses[i].str == NULL ) {
-		fprintf( stderr,
-			 "fg_debug.c: Could not find message class '%s'\n",
-			 pt ); 
-	    } else {
-		val |= fg_DebugClasses[i].dbg_class;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return (fgDebugClass)val;
-}
-
-
-/* fgSetDebugOutput =======================================================*/
-void fgSetDebugOutput( FILE *out ) {
-    FG_GRABDEBUGSEM;
-    fflush( fg_DebugOutput );
-    fg_DebugOutput = out;
-    FG_RELEASEDEBUGSEM;
-}
-
-
-/* fgSetDebugLevels =======================================================*/
-void fgSetDebugLevels( fgDebugClass dbg_class, fgDebugPriority prio ) {
-    FG_GRABDEBUGSEM;
-    fg_DebugClass = dbg_class;
-    fg_DebugPriority = prio;
-    FG_RELEASEDEBUGSEM;
-}
-
-
-/* fgRegisterDebugCallback ================================================*/
-fgDebugCallback fgRegisterDebugCallback( fgDebugCallback callback ) {
-    fgDebugCallback old;
-    FG_GRABDEBUGSEM;
-    old = fg_DebugCallback;
-    fg_DebugCallback = callback;
-    FG_RELEASEDEBUGSEM;
-    return old;
-}
-
-
-/* fgPrintf ===============================================================*/
-int fgPrintf( fgDebugClass dbg_class, fgDebugPriority prio, char *fmt, ... ) {
-    char szOut[1024+1];
-    va_list ap;
-    int ret = 0;
-
-    // If no action to take, then don't bother with the semaphore
-    // activity Slight speed benefit.
-
-    // printf("dbg_class = %d  fg_DebugClass = %d\n", dbg_class, fg_DebugClass);
-    // printf("prio = %d  fg_DebugPriority = %d\n", prio, fg_DebugPriority);
-
-    if( !(dbg_class & fg_DebugClass) ) {
-	// Failed to match a specific debug class
-	if ( prio < fg_DebugPriority ) {
-	    // priority is less than requested
-
-	    // "ret" is zero anyway. But we might think about changing
-	    // it upon some error condition?
-	    return ret;
-	}
-    }
-
-    FG_GRABDEBUGSEM;
-
-    /* ret = vsprintf( szOut, fmt, (&fmt+1)); (but it didn't work, thus ... */
-    va_start (ap, fmt);
-    ret = vsprintf( szOut, fmt, ap);
-    va_end (ap);
-
-    if( fg_DebugCallback!=NULL && fg_DebugCallback(dbg_class, prio, szOut) ) {
-	FG_RELEASEDEBUGSEM;
-	return ret;
-    } else {
-	fprintf( fg_DebugOutput, szOut );
-	FG_RELEASEDEBUGSEM;
-	if( prio == FG_EXIT ) {
-	    exit(0);
-	} else if( prio == FG_ABORT ) {
-	    abort();
-	}
-    }
-    return ret;  
-}
-
-
-/* $Log$
-/* Revision 1.4  1998/06/01 17:49:44  curt
-/* Rewrote a slightly ambiguous code fragment (contributed by Charlie Hotchkiss)
-/*
- * Revision 1.3  1998/05/07 23:03:54  curt
- * Added an entry for AUTOPILOT.
- *
- * Revision 1.2  1998/04/21 17:03:45  curt
- * Prepairing for C++ integration.
- *
- * Revision 1.1  1998/04/18 03:52:04  curt
- * Moved to Lib directory and created a libDebug.
- *
- * Revision 1.10  1998/03/14 00:31:21  curt
- * Beginning initial terrain texturing experiments.
- *
- * Revision 1.9  1998/03/09 22:44:58  curt
- * Modified so that you can specify FG_DEBUGCLASS ***or*** FG_DEBUG_PRIORITY
- *
- * Revision 1.8  1998/03/09 22:11:00  curt
- * Processed through the format-o-matic.
- *
- * Revision 1.7  1998/02/16 13:39:43  curt
- * Miscellaneous weekend tweaks.  Fixed? a cache problem that caused whole
- * tiles to occasionally be missing.
- *
- */

Debug/fg_debug.h

@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++ -*-
- *
- * fg_debug.h -- Flight Gear debug utility functions
- *
- * Written by Paul Bleisch, started January 1998. 
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Paul Bleisch, pbleisch@acm.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
- * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
- * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- *
- * (Log is kept at end of this file)
- **************************************************************************/
-
-#error "use logstream"
-
-#ifndef _FG_DEBUG_H
-#define _FG_DEBUG_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus                                                          
-extern "C" {                            
-#endif                                   
-
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* NB: To add a dbg_class, add it here, and add it to the structure in
-   fg_debug.c */
-typedef enum {
-    FG_NONE      = 0x00000000,
-
-    FG_TERRAIN   = 0x00000001,
-    FG_ASTRO     = 0x00000002,
-    FG_FLIGHT    = 0x00000004,
-    FG_INPUT     = 0x00000008,
-    FG_GL        = 0x00000010,
-    FG_VIEW      = 0x00000020,
-    FG_COCKPIT   = 0x00000040,
-    FG_GENERAL   = 0x00000080,
-    FG_MATH      = 0x00000100,
-    FG_EVENT     = 0x00000200,
-    FG_AIRCRAFT  = 0x00000400,
-    FG_AUTOPILOT = 0x00000800,
-    FG_UNDEFD    = 0x00001000, // For range checking
-
-    FG_ALL     = 0xFFFFFFFF
-} fgDebugClass;
-
-/* NB: To add a priority, add it here. */
-typedef enum  {
-    FG_BULK,	    /* For frequent messages */
-    FG_DEBUG, 	    /* Less frequent debug type messages */
-    FG_INFO,          /* Informatory messages */
-    FG_WARN,	    /* Possible impending problem */
-    FG_ALERT,         /* Very possible impending problem */
-    FG_EXIT,          /* Problem (no core) */
-    FG_ABORT          /* Abandon ship (core) */
-} fgDebugPriority;
-
-
-/* Initialize the debuggin stuff. */
-void fgInitDebug( void );
-
-
-/* fgPrintf
-
-   Expects:
-   class      fgDebugClass mask for this message.
-   prio       fgDebugPriority of this message.
-   fmt        printf like string format
-   ...        var args for fmt
-
-   Returns:
-   number of items in fmt handled.
-
-   This function works like the standard C library function printf() with
-   the addition of message classes and priorities (see fgDebugClasses
-   and fgDebugPriorities).  These additions allow us to classify messages
-   and disable sets of messages at runtime.  Only messages with a prio
-   greater than or equal to fg_DebugPriority and in the current debug class 
-   (fg_DebugClass) are printed.
-*/
-int fgPrintf( fgDebugClass dbg_class, fgDebugPriority prio, char *fmt, ... ); 
-
-
-/* fgSetDebugLevels()
-
-   Expects:
-   dbg_class      Bitmask representing classes to display.
-   prio       Minimum priority of messages to display.
-*/
-void fgSetDebugLevels( fgDebugClass dbg_class, fgDebugPriority prio );
-
-/* fgSetDebugOutput()
-
-   Expects:
-   file       A FILE* to a stream to send messages to.  
-
-   It is assumed the file stream is open and writable.  The system
-   defaults to stderr.  The current stream is flushed but not
-   closed.
-*/
-void fgSetDebugOutput( FILE *out );
-
-
-/* fgRegisterDebugCallback
-
-   Expects:
-   callback   A function that takes parameters as defined by the 
-              fgDebugCallback type.
-
-   Returns:
-   a pointer to the previously registered callback (if any)
-  
-   Install a user defined debug log callback.   This callback is called w
-   whenever fgPrintf is called.  The parameters passed to the callback are
-   defined above by fgDebugCallback.  outstr is the string that is to be
-   printed.  If callback returns nonzero, it is assumed that the message
-   was handled fully by the callback and **fgPrintf need do no further 
-   processing of the message.**  Only one callback may be installed at a 
-   time.
-*/
-
-//typedef int (*fgDebugCallback)(fgDebugClass, fgDebugPriority, char *outstr);
-//fgDebugCallback fgRegisterDebugCallback( fgDebugCallback callback );
-
-typedef int (*fgDebugCallback)( int DebugClass, int DebugPriority, char *outstr);
-fgDebugCallback fgRegisterDebugCallback( fgDebugCallback callback );
-
-
-// Leave these alone. Access intended for fg_debug and command line processing.
-//
-extern fgDebugClass    fg_DebugClass;
-extern fgDebugPriority fg_DebugPriority;
-
-extern FILE *          fg_DebugOutput;
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* _FG_DEBUG_H */
-

Debug/logstream.cxx

@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-// Stream based logging mechanism.
-//
-// Written by Bernie Bright, 1998
-//
-// Copyright (C) 1998  Bernie Bright - bbright@c031.aone.net.au
-//
-// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-// License, or (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-// General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-
-#include "logstream.hxx"
-
-bool            logbuf::logging_enabled = true;
-fgDebugClass    logbuf::logClass        = FG_NONE;
-fgDebugPriority logbuf::logPriority     = FG_INFO;
-streambuf*      logbuf::sbuf            = NULL;
-
-logbuf::logbuf()
-{
-//     if ( sbuf == NULL )
-// 	sbuf = cerr.rdbuf();
-}
-
-logbuf::~logbuf()
-{
-    if ( sbuf )
-	    sync();
-}
-
-void
-logbuf::set_sb( streambuf* sb )
-{
-    if ( sbuf )
-	    sync();
-
-    sbuf = sb;
-}
-
-void
-logbuf::set_log_level( fgDebugClass c, fgDebugPriority p )
-{
-    logClass = c;
-    logPriority = p;
-}
-
-void
-logstream::setLogLevels( fgDebugClass c, fgDebugPriority p )
-{
-    logbuf::set_log_level( c, p );
-}
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.2  1999/01/19 20:53:34  curt
-// Portability updates by Bernie Bright.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/11/06 21:20:41  curt
-// Initial revision.
-//

Debug/logstream.hxx

@@ -1,228 +0,0 @@
-// Stream based logging mechanism.
-//
-// Written by Bernie Bright, 1998
-//
-// Copyright (C) 1998  Bernie Bright - bbright@c031.aone.net.au
-//
-// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-// License, or (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-// General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-
-#ifndef _LOGSTREAM_H
-#define _LOGSTREAM_H
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-
-#include <Include/compiler.h>
-
-#ifdef FG_HAVE_STD_INCLUDES
-# include <streambuf>
-# include <iostream>
-#else
-# include <iostream.h>
-# include "Include/fg_traits.hxx"
-#endif
-
-#include "debug_types.h"
-
-#ifndef FG_HAVE_NATIVE_SGI_COMPILERS
-FG_USING_STD(streambuf);
-FG_USING_STD(ostream);
-FG_USING_STD(cerr);
-FG_USING_STD(endl);
-#endif
-
-//
-// TODO:
-//
-// 1. Change output destination. Done.
-// 2. Make logbuf thread safe.
-// 3. Read environment for default debugClass and debugPriority.
-//
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// logbuf is an output-only streambuf with the ability to disable sets of
-// messages at runtime. Only messages with priority >= logbuf::logPriority
-// and debugClass == logbuf::logClass are output.
-//
-class logbuf : public streambuf
-{
-public:
-
-#ifndef FG_HAVE_STD_INCLUDES
-    typedef char_traits<char>           traits_type;
-    typedef char_traits<char>::int_type int_type;
-    typedef char_traits<char>::pos_type pos_type;
-    typedef char_traits<char>::off_type off_type;
-#endif
-//     logbuf( streambuf* sb ) : sbuf(sb) {}
-    logbuf();
-    ~logbuf();
-
-    // Is logging enabled?
-    bool enabled() { return logging_enabled; }
-
-    // Set the logging level of subsequent messages.
-    void set_log_state( fgDebugClass c, fgDebugPriority p );
-
-    // Set the global logging level.
-    static void set_log_level( fgDebugClass c, fgDebugPriority p );
-
-    //
-    void set_sb( streambuf* sb );
-
-protected:
-
-    inline virtual int sync();
-    int_type overflow( int ch );
-//     int xsputn( const char* s, istreamsize n );
-
-private:
-
-    // The streambuf used for actual output. Defaults to cerr.rdbuf().
-    static streambuf* sbuf;
-
-    static bool logging_enabled;
-    static fgDebugClass logClass;
-    static fgDebugPriority logPriority;
-
-private:
-
-    // Not defined.
-    logbuf( const logbuf& );
-    void operator= ( const logbuf& );
-};
-
-inline int
-logbuf::sync()
-{
-#ifdef FG_HAVE_STD_INCLUDES
-	return sbuf->pubsync();
-#else
-	return sbuf->sync();
-#endif
-}
-
-inline void
-logbuf::set_log_state( fgDebugClass c, fgDebugPriority p )
-{
-    logging_enabled = ((c & logClass) != 0 && p >= logPriority);
-}
-
-inline logbuf::int_type
-logbuf::overflow( int c )
-{
-    return logging_enabled ? sbuf->sputc(c) : (EOF == 0 ? 1: 0);
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// logstream manipulator for setting the log level of a message.
-//
-struct loglevel
-{
-    loglevel( fgDebugClass c, fgDebugPriority p )
-	: logClass(c), logPriority(p) {}
-
-    fgDebugClass logClass;
-    fgDebugPriority logPriority;
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// A helper class that ensures a streambuf and ostream are constructed and
-// destroyed in the correct order.  The streambuf must be created before the
-// ostream but bases are constructed before members.  Thus, making this class
-// a private base of logstream, declared to the left of ostream, we ensure the
-// correct order of construction and destruction.
-//
-struct logstream_base
-{
-//     logstream_base( streambuf* sb ) : lbuf(sb) {}
-    logstream_base() {}
-
-    logbuf lbuf;
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// 
-//
-class logstream : private logstream_base, public ostream
-{
-public:
-    // The default is to send messages to cerr.
-    logstream( ostream& out )
-// 	: logstream_base(out.rdbuf()),
-	: logstream_base(),
-	  ostream(&lbuf) { lbuf.set_sb(out.rdbuf());}
-
-    void set_output( ostream& out ) { lbuf.set_sb( out.rdbuf() ); }
-
-    // Set the global log class and priority level.
-     void setLogLevels( fgDebugClass c, fgDebugPriority p );
-
-    // Output operator to capture the debug level and priority of a message.
-    inline ostream& operator<< ( const loglevel& l );
-};
-
-inline ostream&
-logstream::operator<< ( const loglevel& l )
-{
-    lbuf.set_log_state( l.logClass, l.logPriority );
-    return *this;
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Return the one and only logstream instance.
-// We use a function instead of a global object so we are assured that cerr
-// has been initialised.
-//
-inline logstream&
-fglog()
-{
-    static logstream logstrm( cerr );
-    return logstrm;
-}
-
-#ifdef FG_NDEBUG
-# define FG_LOG(C,P,M)
-#else
-# define FG_LOG(C,P,M) fglog() << loglevel(C,P) << M << endl
-#endif
-
-#endif // _LOGSTREAM_H
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.4  1999/03/02 01:01:47  curt
-// Tweaks for compiling with native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1999/01/19 20:53:35  curt
-// Portability updates by Bernie Bright.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/11/07 19:07:02  curt
-// Enable release builds using the --without-logging option to the configure
-// script.  Also a couple log message cleanups, plus some C to C++ comment
-// conversion.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/11/06 21:20:42  curt
-// Initial revision.
-//

Debug/logtest.cxx

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-#include <string>
-#include "Debug/logstream.hxx"
-
-int
-main( int argc, char* argv[] )
-{
-    fglog().setLogLevels( FG_ALL, FG_INFO );
-
-    FG_LOG( FG_TERRAIN, FG_BULK,  "terrain::bulk" ); // shouldnt appear
-    FG_LOG( FG_TERRAIN, FG_DEBUG, "terrain::debug" ); // shouldnt appear
-    FG_LOG( FG_TERRAIN, FG_INFO,  "terrain::info" );
-    FG_LOG( FG_TERRAIN, FG_WARN,  "terrain::warn" );
-    FG_LOG( FG_TERRAIN, FG_ALERT, "terrain::alert" );
-
-    int i = 12345;
-    long l = 54321L;
-    double d = 3.14159;
-    string s = "Hello world!";
-
-    FG_LOG( FG_EVENT, FG_INFO, "event::info "
-				 << "i=" << i
-				 << ", l=" << l
-				 << ", d=" << d
-	                         << ", d*l=" << d*l
-				 << ", s=\"" << s << "\"" );
-
-    // This shouldn't appear in log output:
-    FG_LOG( FG_EVENT, FG_DEBUG, "event::debug "
-	    << "- this should be seen - "
-	    << "d=" << d
-	    << ", s=\"" << s << "\"" );
-
-    return 0;
-}

Doxyfile

@@ -0,0 +1,806 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.2.6
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by doxygen for a project
+#
+# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
+# The format is:
+#       TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists items can also be appended using:
+#       TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# General configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded 
+# by quotes) that should identify the project. 
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = SimGear
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. 
+# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or 
+# if some version control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         = 0.0.19pre2
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) 
+# base path where the generated documentation will be put. 
+# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location 
+# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ../doxy
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all 
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this 
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. 
+# The default language is English, other supported languages are: 
+# Dutch, French, Italian, Czech, Swedish, German, Finnish, Japanese, 
+# Korean, Hungarian, Norwegian, Spanish, Romanian, Russian, Croatian, 
+# Polish, Portuguese and Slovene.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in 
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. 
+# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless 
+# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES 
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class 
+# will be included in the documentation. 
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file 
+# will be included in the documentation. 
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 
+# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. 
+# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the 
+# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. 
+# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. 
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. 
+# If set to NO (the default) these class will be included in the various 
+# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. 
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 
+# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in 
+# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). 
+# Set to NO to disable this. 
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend 
+# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. 
+# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the 
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. 
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then 
+# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief 
+# description. 
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full 
+# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set 
+# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. 
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag 
+# can be used to strip a user defined part of the path. Stripping is 
+# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of 
+# the path. It is allowed to use relative paths in the argument list.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        = 
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation 
+# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set 
+# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. 
+# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. 
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 
+# generate a class diagram (in Html and LaTeX) for classes with base or 
+# super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. 
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = YES
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will 
+# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. 
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = YES
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body 
+# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. 
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct 
+# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code 
+# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. 
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate 
+# file names in lower case letters. If set to YES upper case letters are also 
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ 
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows 
+# users are adviced to set this option to NO.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = YES
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen 
+# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the 
+# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. 
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 
+# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for 
+# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. 
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 
+# will put list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation 
+# of that file. 
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen 
+# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style 
+# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc 
+# comments  will behave just like the Qt-style comments (thus requiring an 
+# explict @brief command for a brief description. 
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = YES
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented 
+# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it 
+# reimplements. 
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] 
+# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. 
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen 
+# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members 
+# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in 
+# declaration order. 
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC 
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first 
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default 
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. 
+# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. 
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 8
+
+# The ENABLE_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional 
+# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. 
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       = 
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 
+# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo 
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 
+# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test 
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 
+# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug 
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = YES
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts 
+# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". 
+# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to 
+# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which 
+# will result in a user defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". 
+# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. 
+
+ALIASES                = 
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines 
+# the initial value of a variable or define consist of for it to appear in 
+# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified 
+# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. 
+# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the 
+# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer 
+# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. 
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources 
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. 
+# For instance some of the names that are used will be different. The list 
+# of all members will be omitted, etc. 
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = NO
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated 
+# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the 
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. 
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated 
+# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. 
+
+QUIET                  = NO
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are 
+# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank 
+# NO is used. 
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings 
+# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will 
+# automatically be disabled. 
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that 
+# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text 
+# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the 
+# warning originated and the warning text. 
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning 
+# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written 
+# to stderr. 
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           = 
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain 
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or 
+# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories 
+# with spaces. 
+
+INPUT                  = \
+	simgear/bucket \
+	simgear/compiler.h \
+	simgear/constants.h \
+	simgear/debug \
+	simgear/ephemeris \
+	simgear/io \
+	simgear/magvar \
+	simgear/math \
+	simgear/misc \
+	simgear/route \
+	simgear/screen \
+	simgear/serial \
+	simgear/sg_inlines.h \
+	simgear/sg_traits.hxx \
+	simgear/sg_zlib.h \
+	simgear/sky \
+	simgear/threads \
+	simgear/timing \
+	simgear/xml
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 
+# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 
+# blank all files are included. 
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h *.hxx *.c *.cxx *.cpp
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories 
+# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. 
+# If left blank NO is used. 
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should 
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a 
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. 
+
+EXCLUDE                = simgear/metakit simgear/zlib
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude 
+# certain files from those directories. 
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = 
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 
+# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see 
+# the \include command). 
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           = 
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the 
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 
+# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 
+# blank all files are included. 
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = 
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 
+# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see 
+# the \image command). 
+
+IMAGE_PATH             = 
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should 
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program 
+# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> 
+# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an 
+# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes 
+# to standard output. 
+
+INPUT_FILTER           = 
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using 
+# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source 
+# files to browse. 
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index 
+# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project 
+# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. 
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = NO
+
+# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then 
+# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns 
+# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) 
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all 
+# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. 
+# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that 
+# should be ignored while generating the index headers. 
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          = 
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 
+# generate HTML output. 
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. 
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 
+# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. 
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for 
+# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 
+# standard header.
+
+HTML_HEADER            = 
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for 
+# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 
+# standard footer.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            = 
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user defined cascading 
+# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to 
+# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen 
+# will generate a default style sheet 
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        = 
+
+# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, 
+# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to 
+# NO a bullet list will be used. 
+
+HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files 
+# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the 
+# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compressed HTML help file (.chm) 
+# of the generated HTML documentation. 
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag 
+# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that 
+# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag 
+# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a 
+# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set YES to add extra items for group members 
+# to the contents of the Html help documentation and to the tree view. 
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = NO
+
+# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at 
+# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and 
+# the value YES disables it. 
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = NO
+
+# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) 
+# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. 
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 4
+
+# If the GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is set to YES, a side panel will be
+# generated containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that 
+# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports 
+# JavaScript and frames is required (for instance Netscape 4.0+ 
+# or Internet explorer 4.0+). 
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = NO
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be 
+# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree 
+# is shown. 
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 
+# generate Latex output. 
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = YES
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. 
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 
+# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. 
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 
+# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 
+# save some trees in general. 
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used 
+# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and 
+# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. 
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX 
+# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. 
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         = 
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for 
+# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until 
+# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 
+# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! 
+
+LATEX_HEADER           = 
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated 
+# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will 
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references 
+# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. 
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of 
+# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a 
+# higher quality PDF documentation. 
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. 
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep 
+# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. 
+# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. 
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output 
+# The RTF output is optimised for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with 
+# other RTF readers or editors.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = YES
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. 
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 
+# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. 
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 
+# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 
+# save some trees in general. 
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated 
+# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will 
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. 
+# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a WORD or other. 
+# programs which support those fields. 
+# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. 
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's 
+# config file, i.e. a series of assigments. You only have to provide 
+# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. 
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    = 
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 
+# generate man pages 
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = YES
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. 
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 
+# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. 
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to 
+# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) 
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 
+# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include 
+# files. 
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro 
+# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional 
+# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled 
+# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. 
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = NO
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES 
+# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the 
+# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_PREDEFINED tags. 
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = NO
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files 
+# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. 
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by 
+# the preprocessor. 
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           = 
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard 
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the 
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will 
+# be used. 
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = 
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that 
+# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of 
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name 
+# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are 
+# omitted =1 is assumed. 
+
+PREDEFINED             = 
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_PREDEF_ONLY tags are set to YES then 
+# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. 
+# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. 
+# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. 
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = 
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration::addtions related to external references   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. 
+
+TAGFILES               = 
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create 
+# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. 
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       = 
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed 
+# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes 
+# will be listed. 
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script 
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). 
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is 
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization 
+# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section 
+# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) 
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 
+# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 
+# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the 
+# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = YES
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 
+# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 
+# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and 
+# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. 
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = YES
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT tags are set to 
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing 
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other 
+# documented files. 
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT tags are set to 
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented header file showing 
+# the documented files that directly or indirectly include this file 
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 
+# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. 
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = YES
+
+# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be 
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found on the path. 
+
+DOT_PATH               = 
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH tag can be used to set the maximum allowed width 
+# (in pixels) of the graphs generated by dot. If a graph becomes larger than 
+# this value, doxygen will try to truncate the graph, so that it fits within 
+# the specified constraint. Beware that most browsers cannot cope with very 
+# large images. 
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH    = 1024
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT tag can be used to set the maximum allows height 
+# (in pixels) of the graphs generated by dot. If a graph becomes larger than 
+# this value, doxygen will try to truncate the graph, so that it fits within 
+# the specified constraint. Beware that most browsers cannot cope with very 
+# large images. 
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT   = 1024
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 
+# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and 
+# arrows in the dot generated graphs. 
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 
+# remove the intermedate dot files that are used to generate 
+# the various graphs. 
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration::addtions related to the search engine   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be 
+# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. 
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# The CGI_NAME tag should be the name of the CGI script that 
+# starts the search engine (doxysearch) with the correct parameters. 
+# A script with this name will be generated by doxygen. 
+
+CGI_NAME               = search.cgi
+
+# The CGI_URL tag should be the absolute URL to the directory where the 
+# cgi binaries are located. See the documentation of your http daemon for 
+# details. 
+
+CGI_URL                = 
+
+# The DOC_URL tag should be the absolute URL to the directory where the 
+# documentation is located. If left blank the absolute path to the 
+# documentation, with file:// prepended to it, will be used. 
+
+DOC_URL                = 
+
+# The DOC_ABSPATH tag should be the absolute path to the directory where the 
+# documentation is located. If left blank the directory on the local machine 
+# will be used. 
+
+DOC_ABSPATH            = 
+
+# The BIN_ABSPATH tag must point to the directory where the doxysearch binary 
+# is installed. 
+
+BIN_ABSPATH            = /usr/local/bin/
+
+# The EXT_DOC_PATHS tag can be used to specify one or more paths to 
+# documentation generated for other projects. This allows doxysearch to search 
+# the documentation for these projects as well. 
+
+EXT_DOC_PATHS          = 

Lib/Makefile.am

@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-if ENABLE_AUDIO_SUPPORT
-AUDIO_DIRS = Audio
-else
-AUDIO_DIRS = 
-endif
-
-if ENABLE_UNIX_SERIAL
-SERIAL_DIRS = Serial
-else
-SERIAL_DIRS =
-endif
-
-SUBDIRS = \
-	$(AUDIO_DIRS) \
-	Bucket \
-	Debug \
-	Math \
-	Misc \
-	PUI \
-	$(SERIAL_DIRS) \
-	XGL\
-	zlib

Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+	acinclude.m4 \
+	autogen.sh \
+	mksymlinks.sh \
+	README.MSVC \
+	README.metakit \
+	README.zlib \
+	SimGear.dsp \
+	SimGear.dsw
+
+SUBDIRS	= src-libs simgear
+
+dist-hook:
+	(cd $(top_srcdir); $(HOME)/projects/FlightGear-0.7/admin/am2dsp.pl)
+
+#
+# Rule to build RPM distribution package
+#
+rpm: dist
+	rpm -ta $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION).tar.gz
+

Math/MAT3geom.c

@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-/* #include "HEADERS.h" */
-/* Copyright 1988, Brown Computer Graphics Group.  All Rights Reserved. */
-
-/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * This file contains routines that perform geometry-related operations
- * on matrices.
- * -------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#include <Math/mat3defs.h>
-
-/* --------------------------  Static Routines	---------------------------- */
-
-/* -------------------------  Internal Routines  --------------------------- */
-
-/* --------------------------  Public Routines	---------------------------- */
-
-/*
- * This takes a matrix used to transform points, and returns a corresponding
- * matrix that can be used to transform direction vectors (between points).
- */
-
-void
-MAT3direction_matrix(register double (*result_mat)[4], register double (*mat)[4])
-{
-   register int i;
-
-   MAT3copy(result_mat, mat);
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) result_mat[i][3] = result_mat[3][i] = 0.0;
-
-   result_mat[3][3] = 1.0;
-}
-
-/*
- * This takes a matrix used to transform points, and returns a corresponding
- * matrix that can be used to transform vectors that must remain perpendicular
- * to planes defined by the points.  It is useful when you are transforming
- * some object that has both points and normals in its definition, and you
- * only have the transformation matrix for the points.	This routine returns
- * FALSE if the normal matrix is uncomputable.	Otherwise, it returns TRUE.
- *
- * Spike sez: "This is the adjoint for the non-homogeneous part of the
- *	       transformation."
- */
-
-int
-MAT3normal_matrix(register double (*result_mat)[4], register double (*mat)[4])
-{
-   register int ret;
-   MAT3mat	tmp_mat;
-
-   MAT3direction_matrix(result_mat, mat);
-
-   if ( (ret = MAT3invert(tmp_mat, tmp_mat)) ) {
-       MAT3transpose(result_mat, tmp_mat);
-   }
-
-   return(ret);
-}
-
-/*
- * Sets the given matrix to be a scale matrix for the given vector of
- * scale values.
- */
-
-void
-MAT3scale(double (*result_mat)[4], double *scale)
-{
-   MAT3identity(result_mat);
-
-   result_mat[0][0] = scale[0];
-   result_mat[1][1] = scale[1];
-   result_mat[2][2] = scale[2];
-}
-
-/*
- * Sets up a matrix for a rotation about an axis given by the line from
- * (0,0,0) to axis, through an angle (in radians).
- * Looking along the axis toward the origin, the rotation is counter-clockwise.
- */
-
-#define SELECT	.7071	/* selection constant (roughly .5*sqrt(2) */
-
-void
-MAT3rotate(double (*result_mat)[4], double *axis, double angle_in_radians)
-{
-   MAT3vec	naxis,	/* Axis of rotation, normalized 		*/
-		base2,	/* 2nd unit basis vec, perp to axis		*/
-		base3;	/* 3rd unit basis vec, perp to axis & base2	*/
-   double	dot;
-   MAT3mat	base_mat,	/* Change-of-basis matrix		*/
-		base_mat_trans; /* Inverse of c-o-b matrix		*/
-   register int i;
-
-   /* Step 1: extend { axis } to a basis for 3-space: { axis, base2, base3 }
-    * which is orthonormal (all three have unit length, and all three are
-    * mutually orthogonal). Also should be oriented, i.e. axis cross base2 =
-    * base3, rather than -base3.
-    *
-    * Method: Find a vector linearly independent from axis. For this we
-    * either use the y-axis, or, if that is too close to axis, the
-    * z-axis. 'Too close' means that the dot product is too near to 1.
-    */
-
-   MAT3_COPY_VEC(naxis, axis);
-   MAT3_NORMALIZE_VEC(naxis, dot);
-
-   if (dot == 0.0) {
-       /* ERR_ERROR(MAT3_errid, ERR_SEVERE,
-		   (ERR_S, "Zero-length axis vector given to MAT3rotate")); */
-      return;
-   }
-
-   MAT3perp_vec(base2, naxis, TRUE);
-   MAT3cross_product(base3, naxis, base2);
-
-   /* Set up the change-of-basis matrix, and its inverse */
-   MAT3identity(base_mat);
-   MAT3identity(base_mat_trans);
-   MAT3identity(result_mat);
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 3; i++){
-      base_mat_trans[i][0] = base_mat[0][i] = naxis[i];
-      base_mat_trans[i][1] = base_mat[1][i] = base2[i];
-      base_mat_trans[i][2] = base_mat[2][i] = base3[i];
-   }
-
-   /* If T(u) = uR, where R is base_mat, then T(x-axis) = naxis,
-    * T(y-axis) = base2, and T(z-axis) = base3. The inverse of base_mat is
-    * its transpose.  OK?
-    */
-
-   result_mat[1][1] =	result_mat[2][2] = cos(angle_in_radians);
-   result_mat[2][1] = -(result_mat[1][2] = sin(angle_in_radians));
-
-   MAT3mult(result_mat, base_mat_trans, result_mat);
-   MAT3mult(result_mat, result_mat,	base_mat);
-}
-
-/*
- * Sets the given matrix to be a translation matrix for the given vector of
- * translation values.
- */
-
-void
-MAT3translate(double (*result_mat)[4], double *trans)
-{
-   MAT3identity(result_mat);
-
-   result_mat[3][0] = trans[0];
-   result_mat[3][1] = trans[1];
-   result_mat[3][2] = trans[2];
-}
-
-/*
- * Sets the given matrix to be a shear matrix for the given x and y shear
- * values.
- */
-
-void
-MAT3shear(double (*result_mat)[4], double xshear, double yshear)
-{
-   MAT3identity(result_mat);
-
-   result_mat[2][0] = xshear;
-   result_mat[2][1] = yshear;
-}
-

Math/MAT3inv.c

@@ -1,311 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright 1988, Brown Computer Graphics Group.  All Rights Reserved. */
-
-/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * This file contains routines that operate solely on matrices.
- * -------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#include <Math/mat3defs.h>
-
-/* --------------------------  Static Routines	---------------------------- */
-
-#define SMALL 1e-20		/* Small enough to be considered zero */
-
-/*
- * Shuffles rows in inverse of 3x3.  See comment in MAT3_inv3_second_col().
- */
-
-static void
-MAT3_inv3_swap( register double inv[3][3], int row0, int row1, int row2)
-{
-   register int i, tempi;
-   double	temp;
-
-#define SWAP_ROWS(a, b) \
-   for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) SWAP(inv[a][i], inv[b][i], temp); \
-   SWAP(a, b, tempi)
-
-   if (row0 != 0){
-      if (row1 == 0) {
-	 SWAP_ROWS(row0, row1);
-      }
-      else {
-	 SWAP_ROWS(row0, row2);
-      }
-   }
-
-   if (row1 != 1) {
-      SWAP_ROWS(row1, row2);
-   }
-}
-
-/*
- * Does Gaussian elimination on second column.
- */
-
-static int
-MAT3_inv3_second_col (register double source[3][3], register double inv[3][3], int row0)
-{
-   register int row1, row2, i1, i2, i;
-   double	temp;
-   double	a, b;
-
-   /* Find which row to use */
-   if	   (row0 == 0)	i1 = 1, i2 = 2;
-   else if (row0 == 1)	i1 = 0, i2 = 2;
-   else 		i1 = 0, i2 = 1;
-
-   /* Find which is larger in abs. val.:the entry in [i1][1] or [i2][1]	*/
-   /* and use that value for pivoting.					*/
-
-   a = source[i1][1]; if (a < 0) a = -a;
-   b = source[i2][1]; if (b < 0) b = -b;
-   if (a > b) 	row1 = i1;
-   else		row1 = i2;
-   row2 = (row1 == i1 ? i2 : i1);
-
-   /* Scale row1 in source */
-   if ((source[row1][1] < SMALL) && (source[row1][1] > -SMALL)) return(FALSE);
-   temp = 1.0 / source[row1][1];
-   source[row1][1]  = 1.0;
-   source[row1][2] *= temp;	/* source[row1][0] is zero already */
-
-   /* Scale row1 in inv */
-   inv[row1][row1]  = temp;	/* it used to be a 1.0 */
-   inv[row1][row0] *= temp;
-
-   /* Clear column one, source, and make corresponding changes in inv */
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) if (i != row1) {	/* for i = all rows but row1 */
-   temp = -source[i][1];
-      source[i][1]  = 0.0;
-      source[i][2] += temp * source[row1][2];
-
-      inv[i][row1]  = temp * inv[row1][row1];
-      inv[i][row0] += temp * inv[row1][row0];
-   }
-
-   /* Scale row2 in source */
-   if ((source[row2][2] < SMALL) && (source[row2][2] > -SMALL)) return(FALSE);
-   temp = 1.0 / source[row2][2];
-   source[row2][2] = 1.0;	/* source[row2][*] is zero already */
-
-   /* Scale row2 in inv */
-   inv[row2][row2]  = temp;	/* it used to be a 1.0 */
-   inv[row2][row0] *= temp;
-   inv[row2][row1] *= temp;
-
-   /* Clear column one, source, and make corresponding changes in inv */
-   for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) if (i != row2) {	/* for i = all rows but row2 */
-   temp = -source[i][2];
-      source[i][2] = 0.0;
-      inv[i][row0] += temp * inv[row2][row0];
-      inv[i][row1] += temp * inv[row2][row1];
-      inv[i][row2] += temp * inv[row2][row2];
-   }
-
-   /*
-    * Now all is done except that the inverse needs to have its rows shuffled.
-    * row0 needs to be moved to inv[0][*], row1 to inv[1][*], etc.
-    *
-    * We *didn't* do the swapping before the elimination so that we could more
-    * easily keep track of what ops are needed to be done in the inverse.
-    */
-   MAT3_inv3_swap(inv, row0, row1, row2);
-
-   return(TRUE);
-}
-
-/*
- * Fast inversion routine for 3 x 3 matrices.	- Written by jfh.
- *
- * This takes 30 multiplies/divides, as opposed to 39 for Cramer's Rule.
- * The algorithm consists of performing fast gaussian elimination, by never
- * doing any operations where the result is guaranteed to be zero, or where
- * one operand is guaranteed to be zero. This is done at the cost of clarity,
- * alas.
- *
- * Returns 1 if the inverse was successful, 0 if it failed.
- */
-
-static int
-MAT3_invert3 (register double source[3][3], register double inv[3][3])
-{
-   register int i, row0;
-   double	temp;
-   double	a, b, c;
-
-   inv[0][0] = inv[1][1] = inv[2][2] = 1.0;
-   inv[0][1] = inv[0][2] = inv[1][0] = inv[1][2] = inv[2][0] = inv[2][1] = 0.0;
-
-   /* attempt to find the largest entry in first column to use as pivot */
-   a = source[0][0]; if (a < 0) a = -a;
-   b = source[1][0]; if (b < 0) b = -b;
-   c = source[2][0]; if (c < 0) c = -c;
-
-   if (a > b) {
-      if (a > c) row0 = 0;
-      else row0 = 2;
-   }
-   else { 
-      if (b > c) row0 = 1;
-      else row0 = 2;
-   }
-
-   /* Scale row0 of source */
-   if ((source[row0][0] < SMALL) && (source[row0][0] > -SMALL)) return(FALSE);
-   temp = 1.0 / source[row0][0];
-   source[row0][0]  = 1.0;
-   source[row0][1] *= temp;
-   source[row0][2] *= temp;
-
-   /* Scale row0 of inverse */
-   inv[row0][row0] = temp;	/* other entries are zero -- no effort	*/
-
-   /* Clear column zero of source, and make corresponding changes in inverse */
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) if (i != row0) {	/* for i = all rows but row0 */
-      temp = -source[i][0];
-      source[i][0]  = 0.0;
-      source[i][1] += temp * source[row0][1];
-      source[i][2] += temp * source[row0][2];
-      inv[i][row0]  = temp * inv[row0][row0];
-   }
-
-   /*
-    * We've now done gaussian elimination so that the source and
-    * inverse look like this:
-    *
-    *	1 * *		* 0 0
-    *	0 * *		* 1 0
-    *	0 * *		* 0 1
-    *
-    * We now proceed to do elimination on the second column.
-    */
-   if (! MAT3_inv3_second_col(source, inv, row0)) return(FALSE);
-
-   return(TRUE);
-}
-
-/*
- * Finds a new pivot for a non-simple 4x4.  See comments in MAT3invert().
- */
-
-static int
-MAT3_inv4_pivot (register MAT3mat src, MAT3vec r, double *s, int *swap)
-{
-   register int i, j;
-   double	temp, max;
-
-   *swap = -1;
-
-   if (MAT3_IS_ZERO(src[3][3])) {
-
-      /* Look for a different pivot element: one with largest abs value */
-      max = 0.0;
-
-      for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
-	 if	 (src[i][3] >  max) max =  src[*swap = i][3];
-	 else if (src[i][3] < -max) max = -src[*swap = i][3];
-      }
-
-      /* No pivot element available ! */
-      if (*swap < 0) return(FALSE);
-
-      else for (j = 0; j < 4; j++) SWAP(src[*swap][j], src[3][j], temp);
-   }
-
-   MAT3_SET_VEC (r, -src[0][3], -src[1][3], -src[2][3]);
-
-   *s = 1.0 / src[3][3];
-
-   src[0][3] = src[1][3] = src[2][3] = 0.0;
-   src[3][3]			     = 1.0;
-
-   MAT3_SCALE_VEC(src[3], src[3], *s);
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
-      src[0][i] += r[0] * src[3][i];
-      src[1][i] += r[1] * src[3][i];
-      src[2][i] += r[2] * src[3][i];
-   }
-
-   return(TRUE);
-}
-
-/* -------------------------  Internal Routines  --------------------------- */
-
-/* --------------------------  Public Routines	---------------------------- */
-
-/*
- * This returns the inverse of the given matrix.  The result matrix
- * may be the same as the one to invert.
- *
- * Fast inversion routine for 4 x 4 matrices, written by jfh.
- *
- * Returns 1 if the inverse was successful, 0 if it failed.
- *
- * This routine has been specially tweaked to notice the following:
- * If the matrix has the form
- *	  * * * 0
- *	  * * * 0
- *	  * * * 0
- *	  * * * 1
- *
- * (as do many matrices in graphics), then we compute the inverse of
- * the upper left 3x3 matrix and use this to find the general inverse.
- *
- *   In the event that the right column is not 0-0-0-1, we do gaussian
- * elimination to make it so, then use the 3x3 inverse, and then do
- * our gaussian elimination.
- */
-
-int
-MAT3invert(double (*result_mat)[4], double (*mat)[4])
-{
-   MAT3mat		src, inv;
-   register int 	i, j, simple;
-   double		m[3][3], inv3[3][3], s, temp;
-   MAT3vec		r, t;
-   int			swap;
-
-   MAT3copy(src, mat);
-   MAT3identity(inv);
-
-   /* If last column is not (0,0,0,1), use special code */
-   simple = (mat[0][3] == 0.0 && mat[1][3] == 0.0 &&
-	     mat[2][3] == 0.0 && mat[3][3] == 1.0);
-
-   if (! simple && ! MAT3_inv4_pivot(src, r, &s, &swap)) return(FALSE);
-
-   MAT3_COPY_VEC(t, src[3]);	/* Translation vector */
-
-   /* Copy upper-left 3x3 matrix */
-   for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) m[i][j] = src[i][j];
-
-   if (! MAT3_invert3(m, inv3)) return(FALSE);
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) inv[i][j] = inv3[i][j];
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) for (j = 0; j < 3; j++)
-      inv[3][i] -= t[j] * inv3[j][i];
-
-   if (! simple) {
-
-      /* We still have to undo our gaussian elimination from earlier on */
-      /* add r0 * first col to last col */
-      /* add r1 * 2nd	col to last col */
-      /* add r2 * 3rd	col to last col */
-
-      for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
-	 inv[i][3] += r[0] * inv[i][0] + r[1] * inv[i][1] + r[2] * inv[i][2];
-	 inv[i][3] *= s;
-      }
-
-      if (swap >= 0)
-	 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) SWAP(inv[i][swap], inv[i][3], temp);
-   }
-
-   MAT3copy(result_mat, inv);
-
-   return(TRUE);
-}

Math/MAT3mat.c

@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-/* #include "HEADERS.h" */
-/* Copyright 1988, Brown Computer Graphics Group.  All Rights Reserved. */
-
-/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * This file contains routines that operate solely on matrices.
- * -------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WIN32
-#  ifndef HAVE_STL_SGI_PORT
-#    include <memory.h>      /* required for memset() and memcpy() */
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-#include <string.h>
-#include <Math/mat3defs.h>
-
-MAT3mat identityMatrix = {
-    { 1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 },
-    { 0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0 },
-    { 0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0 },
-    { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0 }
-};
-
-/* #include "macros.h" */
-
-/* --------------------------  Static Routines	---------------------------- */
-
-/* -------------------------  Internal Routines  --------------------------- */
-
-/* --------------------------  Public Routines	---------------------------- */
-
-
-#if !defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-/*
- * This multiplies two matrices, producing a third, which may the same as
- * either of the first two.
- */
-
-void
-MAT3mult (double (*result_mat)[4], register double (*mat1)[4], register double (*mat2)[4])
-{
-   register int i, j;
-   MAT3mat	tmp_mat;
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
-      for (j = 0; j < 4; j++)
-         tmp_mat[i][j] = (mat1[i][0] * mat2[0][j] +
-		       mat1[i][1] * mat2[1][j] +
-		       mat1[i][2] * mat2[2][j] +
-		       mat1[i][3] * mat2[3][j]);
-   MAT3copy (result_mat, tmp_mat);
-}
-#endif // !defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-/*
- * This returns the transpose of a matrix.  The result matrix may be
- * the same as the one to transpose.
- */
-
-void
-MAT3transpose (double (*result_mat)[4], register double (*mat)[4])
-{
-   register int i, j;
-   MAT3mat	tmp_mat;
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) 
-      for (j = 0; j < 4; j++) 
-         tmp_mat[i][j] = mat[j][i];
-
-   MAT3copy (result_mat, tmp_mat);
-}
-
-
-/*
- * This prints the given matrix to the given file pointer.
- */
-
-void
-MAT3print(double (*mat)[4], FILE *fp)
-{
-   MAT3print_formatted(mat, fp, CNULL, CNULL, CNULL, CNULL);
-}
-
-/*
- * This prints the given matrix to the given file pointer.
- * use the format string to pass to fprintf.  head and tail
- * are printed at the beginning and end of each line.
- */
-
-void
-MAT3print_formatted(double (*mat)[4], FILE *fp, char *title, char *head, char *format, char *tail)
-{
-   register int i, j;
-
-   /* This is to allow this to be called easily from a debugger */
-   if (fp == NULL) fp = stderr;
-
-   if (title  == NULL)	title  = "MAT3 matrix:\n";
-   if (head   == NULL)	head   = "  ";
-   if (format == NULL)	format = "%#8.4lf  ";
-   if (tail   == NULL)	tail   = "\n";
-
-   (void) fprintf(fp, title);
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
-      (void) fprintf(fp, head);
-      for (j = 0; j < 4; j++) (void) fprintf(fp, format, mat[i][j]);
-      (void) fprintf(fp, tail);
-   }
-}

Math/MAT3vec.c

@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright 1988, Brown Computer Graphics Group.  All Rights Reserved. */
-
-/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * This file contains routines that operate on matrices and vectors, or
- * vectors and vectors.
- * -------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* #include "sphigslocal.h" */
-
-/* --------------------------  Static Routines	---------------------------- */
-
-/* -------------------------  Internal Routines  --------------------------- */
-
-/* --------------------------  Public Routines	---------------------------- */
-
-/*
- * Multiplies a vector by a matrix, setting the result vector.
- * It assumes all homogeneous coordinates are 1.
- * The two vectors involved may be the same.
- */
-
-#include <Math/mat3.h>
-
-#ifndef TRUE
-#  define TRUE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FALSE
-#  define FALSE 0
-#endif
-
-#if !defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-void
-MAT3mult_vec(double *result_vec, register double *vec, register double (*mat)[4])
-{
-   MAT3vec		tempvec;
-   register double	*temp = tempvec;
-
-   temp[0] =	vec[0] * mat[0][0] + vec[1] * mat[1][0] +
-		vec[2] * mat[2][0] +	      mat[3][0];
-   temp[1] =	vec[0] * mat[0][1] + vec[1] * mat[1][1] +
-		vec[2] * mat[2][1] +	      mat[3][1];
-   temp[2] =	vec[0] * mat[0][2] + vec[1] * mat[1][2] +
-		vec[2] * mat[2][2] +	      mat[3][2];
-
-   MAT3_COPY_VEC(result_vec, temp);
-}
-#endif // !defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-/*
- * Multiplies a vector of size 4 by a matrix, setting the result vector.
- * The fourth element of the vector is the homogeneous coordinate, which
- * may or may not be 1.  If the "normalize" parameter is TRUE, then the
- * result vector will be normalized so that the homogeneous coordinate is 1.
- * The two vectors involved may be the same.
- * This returns zero if the vector was to be normalized, but couldn't be.
- */
-
-int
-MAT3mult_hvec(double *result_vec, register double *vec, register double (*mat)[4], int normalize)
-{
-   MAT3hvec             tempvec;
-   double		norm_fac;
-   register double	*temp = tempvec;
-   register int 	ret = TRUE;
-
-   temp[0] =	vec[0] * mat[0][0] + vec[1] * mat[1][0] +
-		vec[2] * mat[2][0] + vec[3] * mat[3][0];
-   temp[1] =	vec[0] * mat[0][1] + vec[1] * mat[1][1] +
-		vec[2] * mat[2][1] + vec[3] * mat[3][1];
-   temp[2] =	vec[0] * mat[0][2] + vec[1] * mat[1][2] +
-		vec[2] * mat[2][2] + vec[3] * mat[3][2];
-   temp[3] =	vec[0] * mat[0][3] + vec[1] * mat[1][3] +
-		vec[2] * mat[2][3] + vec[3] * mat[3][3];
-
-   /* Normalize if asked for, possible, and necessary */
-   if (normalize) {
-      if (MAT3_IS_ZERO(temp[3])) {
-#ifndef THINK_C
-	 fprintf (stderr,
-		  "Can't normalize vector: homogeneous coordinate is 0");
-#endif
-	 ret = FALSE;
-      }
-      else {
-	 norm_fac = 1.0 / temp[3];
-	 MAT3_SCALE_VEC(result_vec, temp, norm_fac);
-	 result_vec[3] = 1.0;
-      }
-   }
-   else MAT3_COPY_HVEC(result_vec, temp);
-
-   return(ret);
-}
-
-#if !defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-/*
- * Sets the first vector to be the cross-product of the last two vectors.
- */
-
-void
-MAT3cross_product(double *result_vec, register double *vec1, register double *vec2)
-{
-   MAT3vec		tempvec;
-   register double	*temp = tempvec;
-
-   temp[0] = vec1[1] * vec2[2] - vec1[2] * vec2[1];
-   temp[1] = vec1[2] * vec2[0] - vec1[0] * vec2[2];
-   temp[2] = vec1[0] * vec2[1] - vec1[1] * vec2[0];
-
-   MAT3_COPY_VEC(result_vec, temp);
-}
-#endif // !defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-/*
- * Finds a vector perpendicular to vec and stores it in result_vec.
- * Method:  take any vector (we use <0,1,0>) and subtract the
- * portion of it pointing in the vec direction.  This doesn't
- * work if vec IS <0,1,0> or is very near it.  So if this is
- * the case, use <0,0,1> instead.
- * If "is_unit" is TRUE, the given vector is assumed to be unit length.
- */
-
-#define SELECT	.7071	/* selection constant (roughly .5*sqrt(2) */
-
-void
-MAT3perp_vec(double *result_vec, double *vec, int is_unit)
-{
-   MAT3vec	norm;
-   double	dot;
-
-   MAT3_SET_VEC(result_vec, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0);
-
-   MAT3_COPY_VEC(norm, vec);
-
-   if (! is_unit) MAT3_NORMALIZE_VEC(norm, dot);
-
-   /* See if vector is too close to <0,1,0>.  If so, use <0,0,1> */
-   if ((dot = MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(norm, result_vec)) > SELECT || dot < -SELECT) {
-      result_vec[1] = 0.0;
-      result_vec[2] = 1.0;
-      dot = MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(norm, result_vec);
-   }
-
-   /* Subtract off non-perpendicular part */
-   result_vec[0] -= dot * norm[0];
-   result_vec[1] -= dot * norm[1];
-   result_vec[2] -= dot * norm[2];
-
-   /* Make result unit length */
-   MAT3_NORMALIZE_VEC(result_vec, dot);
-}

Math/Makefile.am

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-noinst_LIBRARIES = libMath.a
-
-libMath_a_SOURCES = \
-	MAT3geom.c \
-	MAT3inv.c \
-	MAT3mat.c \
-	MAT3vec.c \
-	fg_geodesy.cxx fg_geodesy.hxx \
-	fg_random.c fg_random.h \
-	interpolater.cxx interpolater.hxx \
-	leastsqs.cxx leastsqs.hxx \
-	mat3.h mat3defs.h mat3err.h \
-	point3d.hxx \
-	polar3d.cxx polar3d.hxx \
-	vector.cxx vector.hxx
-
-INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir) -I$(top_builddir)/Lib -I$(top_builddir)/Simulator

Math/fg_geodesy.cxx

@@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
-// fg_geodesy.cxx -- routines to convert between geodetic and geocentric 
-//                   coordinate systems.
-//
-// Copied and adapted directly from LaRCsim/ls_geodesy.c
-//
-// See below for the complete original LaRCsim comments.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-
-#include "Include/compiler.h"
-#ifdef FG_HAVE_STD_INCLUDES
-# include <cmath>
-# include <cerrno>
-#else
-# include <math.h>
-# include <errno.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <Include/fg_constants.h>
-#include <Math/fg_geodesy.hxx>
-#include <Math/point3d.hxx>
-
-#ifndef FG_HAVE_NATIVE_SGI_COMPILERS
-FG_USING_STD(cout);
-#endif
-
-// ONE_SECOND is pi/180/60/60, or about 100 feet at earths' equator
-#define ONE_SECOND 4.848136811E-6
-
-
-// fgGeocToGeod(lat_geoc, radius, *lat_geod, *alt, *sea_level_r)
-//     INPUTS:	
-//         lat_geoc	Geocentric latitude, radians, + = North
-//         radius	C.G. radius to earth center (meters)
-//
-//     OUTPUTS:
-//         lat_geod	Geodetic latitude, radians, + = North
-//         alt		C.G. altitude above mean sea level (meters)
-//         sea_level_r	radius from earth center to sea level at
-//                      local vertical (surface normal) of C.G. (meters)
-
-
-void fgGeocToGeod( double lat_geoc, double radius, double
-		   *lat_geod, double *alt, double *sea_level_r )
-{
-    double t_lat, x_alpha, mu_alpha, delt_mu, r_alpha, l_point, rho_alpha;
-    double sin_mu_a, denom,delt_lambda, lambda_sl, sin_lambda_sl;
-
-    if( ( (FG_PI_2 - lat_geoc) < ONE_SECOND )        // near North pole
-	|| ( (FG_PI_2 + lat_geoc) < ONE_SECOND ) )   // near South pole
-    {
-	*lat_geod = lat_geoc;
-	*sea_level_r = EQUATORIAL_RADIUS_M*E;
-	*alt = radius - *sea_level_r;
-    } else {
-	t_lat = tan(lat_geoc);
-	x_alpha = E*EQUATORIAL_RADIUS_M/sqrt(t_lat*t_lat + E*E);
-	double tmp = RESQ_M - x_alpha * x_alpha;
-	if ( tmp < 0.0 ) { tmp = 0.0; }
-	mu_alpha = atan2(sqrt(tmp),E*x_alpha);
-	if (lat_geoc < 0) mu_alpha = - mu_alpha;
-	sin_mu_a = sin(mu_alpha);
-	delt_lambda = mu_alpha - lat_geoc;
-	r_alpha = x_alpha/cos(lat_geoc);
-	l_point = radius - r_alpha;
-	*alt = l_point*cos(delt_lambda);
-
-	// check for domain error
-	if ( errno == EDOM ) {
-	    cout << "Domain ERROR in fgGeocToGeod!!!!\n";
-	    *alt = 0.0;
-	}
-
-	denom = sqrt(1-EPS*EPS*sin_mu_a*sin_mu_a);
-	rho_alpha = EQUATORIAL_RADIUS_M*(1-EPS)/
-	    (denom*denom*denom);
-	delt_mu = atan2(l_point*sin(delt_lambda),rho_alpha + *alt);
-	*lat_geod = mu_alpha - delt_mu;
-	lambda_sl = atan( E*E * tan(*lat_geod) ); // SL geoc. latitude
-	sin_lambda_sl = sin( lambda_sl );
-	*sea_level_r = 
-	    sqrt(RESQ_M / (1 + ((1/(E*E))-1)*sin_lambda_sl*sin_lambda_sl));
-
-	// check for domain error
-	if ( errno == EDOM ) {
-	    cout << "Domain ERROR in fgGeocToGeod!!!!\n";
-	    *sea_level_r = 0.0;
-	}
-    }
-
-}
-
-
-// fgGeodToGeoc( lat_geod, alt, *sl_radius, *lat_geoc )
-//     INPUTS:	
-//         lat_geod	Geodetic latitude, radians, + = North
-//         alt		C.G. altitude above mean sea level (meters)
-//
-//     OUTPUTS:
-//         sl_radius	SEA LEVEL radius to earth center (meters)
-//                      (add Altitude to get true distance from earth center.
-//         lat_geoc	Geocentric latitude, radians, + = North
-//
-
-
-void fgGeodToGeoc( double lat_geod, double alt, double *sl_radius,
-		      double *lat_geoc )
-{
-    double lambda_sl, sin_lambda_sl, cos_lambda_sl, sin_mu, cos_mu, px, py;
-    
-    lambda_sl = atan( E*E * tan(lat_geod) ); // sea level geocentric latitude
-    sin_lambda_sl = sin( lambda_sl );
-    cos_lambda_sl = cos( lambda_sl );
-    sin_mu = sin(lat_geod);                  // Geodetic (map makers') latitude
-    cos_mu = cos(lat_geod);
-    *sl_radius = 
-	sqrt(RESQ_M / (1 + ((1/(E*E))-1)*sin_lambda_sl*sin_lambda_sl));
-    py = *sl_radius*sin_lambda_sl + alt*sin_mu;
-    px = *sl_radius*cos_lambda_sl + alt*cos_mu;
-    *lat_geoc = atan2( py, px );
-}
-
-
-/***************************************************************************
-
-	TITLE:	ls_geodesy
-	
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	FUNCTION:	Converts geocentric coordinates to geodetic positions
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	MODULE STATUS:	developmental
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	GENEALOGY:	Written as part of LaRCSim project by E. B. Jackson
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	DESIGNED BY:	E. B. Jackson
-	
-	CODED BY:	E. B. Jackson
-	
-	MAINTAINED BY:	E. B. Jackson
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	MODIFICATION HISTORY:
-	
-	DATE	PURPOSE						BY
-	
-	930208	Modified to avoid singularity near polar region.	EBJ
-	930602	Moved backwards calcs here from ls_step.		EBJ
-	931214	Changed erroneous Latitude and Altitude variables to 
-		*lat_geod and *alt in routine ls_geoc_to_geod.		EBJ
-	940111	Changed header files from old ls_eom.h style to ls_types, 
-		and ls_constants.  Also replaced old DATA type with new
-		SCALAR type.						EBJ
-
-	CURRENT RCS HEADER:
-
-$Header$
-$Log$
-Revision 1.6  1999/03/02 01:01:49  curt
-Tweaks for compiling with native SGI compilers.
-
-Revision 1.5  1999/01/27 04:46:14  curt
-Portability tweaks by Bernie Bright.
-
-Revision 1.4  1998/11/20 01:00:36  curt
-Patch in fgGeoc2Geod() to avoid a floating explosion.
-point3d.hxx include math.h for FreeBSD
-
-Revision 1.3  1998/11/11 00:18:36  curt
-Check for domain error in fgGeoctoGeod()
-
-Revision 1.2  1998/10/16 23:36:36  curt
-c++-ifying.
-
-Revision 1.1  1998/10/16 19:30:40  curt
-Renamed .c -> .h so we can start adding c++ supporting routines.
-
-Revision 1.6  1998/07/08 14:40:07  curt
-polar3d.[ch] renamed to polar3d.[ch]xx, vector.[ch] renamed to vector.[ch]xx
-Updated fg_geodesy comments to reflect that routines expect and produce
-  meters.
-
-Revision 1.5  1998/04/25 22:06:23  curt
-Edited cvs log messages in source files ... bad bad bad!
-
-Revision 1.4  1998/01/27 00:47:59  curt
-Incorporated Paul Bleisch's <pbleisch@acm.org> new debug message
-system and commandline/config file processing code.
-
-Revision 1.3  1998/01/19 19:27:12  curt
-Merged in make system changes from Bob Kuehne <rpk@sgi.com>
-This should simplify things tremendously.
-
-Revision 1.2  1997/12/15 23:54:54  curt
-Add xgl wrappers for debugging.
-Generate terrain normals on the fly.
-
-Revision 1.1  1997/07/31 23:13:14  curt
-Initial revision.
-
-Revision 1.1  1997/05/29 00:09:56  curt
-Initial Flight Gear revision.
-
- * Revision 1.5  1994/01/11  18:47:05  bjax
- * Changed include files to use types and constants, not ls_eom.h
- * Also changed DATA type to SCALAR type.
- *
- * Revision 1.4  1993/12/14  21:06:47  bjax
- * Removed global variable references Altitude and Latitude.   EBJ
- *
- * Revision 1.3  1993/06/02  15:03:40  bjax
- * Made new subroutine for calculating geodetic to geocentric; changed name
- * of forward conversion routine from ls_geodesy to ls_geoc_to_geod.
- *
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	REFERENCES:
-
-		[ 1]	Stevens, Brian L.; and Lewis, Frank L.: "Aircraft 
-			Control and Simulation", Wiley and Sons, 1992.
-			ISBN 0-471-61397-5		      
-
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	CALLED BY:	ls_aux
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	CALLS TO:
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	INPUTS:	
-		lat_geoc	Geocentric latitude, radians, + = North
-		radius		C.G. radius to earth center, ft
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	OUTPUTS:
-		lat_geod	Geodetic latitude, radians, + = North
-		alt		C.G. altitude above mean sea level, ft
-		sea_level_r	radius from earth center to sea level at
-				local vertical (surface normal) of C.G.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.6  1999/03/02 01:01:49  curt
-// Tweaks for compiling with native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.5  1999/01/27 04:46:14  curt
-// Portability tweaks by Bernie Bright.
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1998/11/20 01:00:36  curt
-// Patch in fgGeoc2Geod() to avoid a floating explosion.
-// point3d.hxx include math.h for FreeBSD
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/11/11 00:18:36  curt
-// Check for domain error in fgGeoctoGeod()
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/10/16 23:36:36  curt
-// c++-ifying.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/10/16 19:30:40  curt
-// Renamed .c -> .h so we can start adding c++ supporting routines.
-//
-// Revision 1.6  1998/07/08 14:40:07  curt
-// polar3d.[ch] renamed to polar3d.[ch]xx, vector.[ch] renamed to vector.[ch]xx
-// Updated fg_geodesy comments to reflect that routines expect and produce
-//   meters.
-//
-// Revision 1.5  1998/04/25 22:06:23  curt
-// Edited cvs log messages in source files ... bad bad bad!
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1998/01/27 00:47:59  curt
-// Incorporated Paul Bleisch's <pbleisch@acm.org> new debug message
-// system and commandline/config file processing code.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/01/19 19:27:12  curt
-// Merged in make system changes from Bob Kuehne <rpk@sgi.com>
-// This should simplify things tremendously.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1997/12/15 23:54:54  curt
-// Add xgl wrappers for debugging.
-// Generate terrain normals on the fly.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1997/07/31 23:13:14  curt
-// Initial revision.
-//
-

Math/fg_random.c

@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-// fg_random.c -- routines to handle random number generation
-//
-// Written by Curtis Olson, started July 1997.
-//
-// Copyright (C) 1997  Curtis L. Olson  - curt@infoplane.com
-//
-// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-// License, or (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-// General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>         // for random(), srandom()
-#include <time.h>           // for time() to seed srandom()        
-
-#include "fg_random.h"
-
-#ifndef HAVE_RAND
-#  ifdef sgi
-#    undef RAND_MAX
-#    define RAND_MAX 2147483647
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __SUNPRO_CC
-    extern "C" {
-	long int random(void);
-	void srandom(unsigned int seed);
-    }
-#endif
-
-
-// Seed the random number generater with time() so we don't see the
-// same sequence every time
-void fg_srandom(void) {
-    // fgPrintf( FG_MATH, FG_INFO, "Seeding random number generater\n");
-
-#ifdef HAVE_RAND
-    srand(time(NULL));
-#else
-    srandom(time(NULL));
-#endif                                       
-}
-
-
-// return a random number between [0.0, 1.0)
-double fg_random(void) {
-#ifdef HAVE_RAND
-    return(rand() / (double)RAND_MAX);
-#else
-    return(random() / (double)RAND_MAX);
-#endif
-}
-
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.10  1998/11/07 19:07:03  curt
-// Enable release builds using the --without-logging option to the configure
-// script.  Also a couple log message cleanups, plus some C to C++ comment
-// conversion.
-//
-// Revision 1.9  1998/11/06 21:17:26  curt
-// Converted to new logstream debugging facility.  This allows release
-// builds with no messages at all (and no performance impact) by using
-// the -DFG_NDEBUG flag.
-//
-// Revision 1.8  1998/04/25 22:06:23  curt
-// Edited cvs log messages in source files ... bad bad bad!
-//
-// Revision 1.7  1998/04/24 00:43:13  curt
-// Wrapped "#include <config.h>" in "#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H"
-//
-// Revision 1.6  1998/04/18 03:53:42  curt
-// Miscellaneous Tweaks.
-//
-// Revision 1.5  1998/04/03 22:10:29  curt
-// Converting to Gnu autoconf system.
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1998/02/03 23:20:28  curt
-// Lots of little tweaks to fix various consistency problems discovered by
-// Solaris' CC.  Fixed a bug in fg_debug.c with how the fgPrintf() wrapper
-// passed arguments along to the real printf().  Also incorporated HUD changes
-// by Michele America.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/01/27 00:47:59  curt
-// Incorporated Paul Bleisch's <pbleisch@acm.org> new debug message
-// system and commandline/config file processing code.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1997/12/30 20:47:48  curt
-// Integrated new event manager with subsystem initializations.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1997/07/30 16:04:09  curt
-// Moved random routines from Utils/ to Math/
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1997/07/19 22:31:57  curt
-// Initial revision.
-//

Math/fg_random.h

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-// fg_random.h -- routines to handle random number generation
-//
-// Written by Curtis Olson, started July 1997.
-//
-// Copyright (C) 1997  Curtis L. Olson  - curt@infoplane.com
-//
-// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-// License, or (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-// General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-
-
-#ifndef _FG_RANDOM_H
-#define _FG_RANDOM_H
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus                                                          
-extern "C" {                            
-#endif                                   
-
-
-// Seed the random number generater with time() so we don't see the
-// same sequence every time
-void fg_srandom(void);
-
-// return a random number between [0.0, 1.0)
-double fg_random(void);
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#endif // _FG_RANDOM_H
-
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.4  1998/11/07 19:07:04  curt
-// Enable release builds using the --without-logging option to the configure
-// script.  Also a couple log message cleanups, plus some C to C++ comment
-// conversion.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/04/21 17:03:48  curt
-// Prepairing for C++ integration.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/01/22 02:59:38  curt
-// Changed #ifdef FILE_H to #ifdef _FILE_H
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1997/07/30 16:04:09  curt
-// Moved random routines from Utils/ to Math/
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1997/07/23 21:52:28  curt
-// Put comments around the text after an #endif for increased portability.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1997/07/19 22:31:57  curt
-// Initial revision.
-//

Math/interpolater.cxx

@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-//
-// interpolater.cxx -- routines to handle linear interpolation from a table of
-//                     x,y   The table must be sorted by "x" in ascending order
-//
-// Written by Curtis Olson, started April 1998.
-//
-// Copyright (C) 1998  Curtis L. Olson  - curt@me.umn.edu
-//
-// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-// License, or (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-// General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-
-
-#include <Include/compiler.h>
-
-#include STL_STRING
-
-#include <Debug/logstream.hxx>
-#include <Include/fg_zlib.h>
-#include <Misc/fgstream.hxx>
-
-#include "interpolater.hxx"
-
-
-// Constructor -- loads the interpolation table from the specified
-// file
-fgINTERPTABLE::fgINTERPTABLE( const string& file ) {
-    FG_LOG( FG_MATH, FG_INFO, "Initializing Interpolator for " << file );
-
-    fg_gzifstream in( file );
-    if ( !in ) {
-        FG_LOG( FG_GENERAL, FG_ALERT, "Cannot open file: " << file );
-	exit(-1);
-    }
-
-    size = 0;
-    in >> skipcomment;
-    while ( ! in.eof() ){
-	if ( size < MAX_TABLE_SIZE ) {
-	    in >> table[size][0] >> table[size][1];
-	    size++;
-	} else {
-            FG_LOG( FG_MATH, FG_ALERT,
-		    "fgInterpolateInit(): Exceed max table size = "
-		    << MAX_TABLE_SIZE );
-	    exit(-1);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-
-// Given an x value, linearly interpolate the y value from the table
-double fgINTERPTABLE::interpolate(double x) {
-    int i;
-    double y;
-
-    i = 0;
-
-    while ( (x > table[i][0]) && (i < size) ) {
-	i++;
-    }
-
-    // printf ("i = %d ", i);
-
-    if ( (i == 0) && (x < table[0][0]) ) {
-	FG_LOG( FG_MATH, FG_ALERT, 
-		"fgInterpolateInit(): lookup error, x to small = " << x );
-	return(0.0);
-    }
-
-    if ( x > table[i][0] ) {
-	FG_LOG( FG_MATH, FG_ALERT, 
-		"fgInterpolateInit(): lookup error, x to big = " << x );
-	return(0.0);
-    }
-
-    // y = y1 + (y0 - y1)(x - x1) / (x0 - x1)
-    y = table[i][1] + 
-	( (table[i-1][1] - table[i][1]) * 
-	  (x - table[i][0]) ) /
-	(table[i-1][0] - table[i][0]);
-
-    return(y);
-}
-
-
-// Destructor
-fgINTERPTABLE::~fgINTERPTABLE( void ) {
-}
-
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.7  1999/02/26 22:08:03  curt
-// Added initial support for native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.6  1999/01/27 04:46:16  curt
-// Portability tweaks by Bernie Bright.
-//
-// Revision 1.5  1998/11/06 21:17:27  curt
-// Converted to new logstream debugging facility.  This allows release
-// builds with no messages at all (and no performance impact) by using
-// the -DFG_NDEBUG flag.
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1998/05/13 18:24:25  curt
-// Wrapped zlib calls so zlib can be optionally disabled.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/04/25 15:05:01  curt
-// Changed "r" to "rb" in gzopen() options.  This fixes bad behavior in win32.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/04/22 13:18:10  curt
-// C++ - ified comments.  Make file open errors fatal.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/04/21 19:14:23  curt
-// Modified Files:
-//     Makefile.am Makefile.in
-// Added Files:
-//     interpolater.cxx interpolater.hxx
-//

Math/interpolater.hxx

@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-//
-// interpolater.hxx -- routines to handle linear interpolation from a table of
-//                     x,y   The table must be sorted by "x" in ascending order
-//
-// Written by Curtis Olson, started April 1998.
-//
-// Copyright (C) 1998  Curtis L. Olson  - curt@me.umn.edu
-//
-// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-// License, or (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-// General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-
-
-#ifndef _INTERPOLATER_H
-#define _INTERPOLATER_H
-
-
-#ifndef __cplusplus                                                          
-# error This library requires C++
-#endif                                   
-
-#include "Include/compiler.h"
-
-#include STL_STRING
-FG_USING_STD(string);
-
-#define MAX_TABLE_SIZE 32
-
-
-class fgINTERPTABLE {
-    int size;
-    double table[MAX_TABLE_SIZE][2];
-
-public:
-
-    // Constructor -- loads the interpolation table from the specified
-    // file
-    fgINTERPTABLE( const string& file );
-
-    // Given an x value, linearly interpolate the y value from the table
-    double interpolate(double x);
-
-    // Destructor
-    ~fgINTERPTABLE( void );
-};
-
-
-#endif // _INTERPOLATER_H
-
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.6  1999/03/02 01:01:50  curt
-// Tweaks for compiling with native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.5  1999/02/26 22:08:05  curt
-// Added initial support for native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1999/01/27 04:46:17  curt
-// Portability tweaks by Bernie Bright.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/11/06 21:17:28  curt
-// Converted to new logstream debugging facility.  This allows release
-// builds with no messages at all (and no performance impact) by using
-// the -DFG_NDEBUG flag.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/04/22 13:18:10  curt
-// C++ - ified comments.  Make file open errors fatal.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/04/21 19:14:23  curt
-// Modified Files:
-//     Makefile.am Makefile.in
-// Added Files:
-//     interpolater.cxx interpolater.hxx
-//

Math/leastsqs.hxx

@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-// leastsqs.h -- Implements a simple linear least squares best fit routine
-//
-// Written by Curtis Olson, started September 1997.
-//
-// Copyright (C) 1997  Curtis L. Olson  - curt@infoplane.com
-//
-// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-///
-
-
-#ifndef _LEASTSQS_H
-#define _LEASTSQS_H
-
-
-#ifndef __cplusplus                                                          
-# error This library requires C++
-#endif                                   
-
-
-/* 
-Least squares fit:
-
-y = b0 + b1x
-
-     n*sum(xi*yi) - (sum(xi)*sum(yi))
-b1 = --------------------------------
-     n*sum(xi^2) - (sum(xi))^2
-
-
-b0 = sum(yi)/n - b1*(sum(xi)/n)
-*/
-
-void least_squares(double *x, double *y, int n, double *m, double *b);
-
-/* incrimentally update existing values with a new data point */
-void least_squares_update(double x, double y, double *m, double *b);
-
-
-/* 
-  return the least squares error:
-
-              (y[i] - y_hat[i])^2
-              -------------------
-                      n
-*/
-double least_squares_error(double *x, double *y, int n, double m, double b);
-
-
-/* 
-  return the maximum least squares error:
-
-              (y[i] - y_hat[i])^2
-*/
-double least_squares_max_error(double *x, double *y, int n, double m, double b);
-
-
-#endif // _LEASTSQS_H
-
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.1  1999/03/13 17:34:45  curt
-// Moved to math subdirectory.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/04/21 17:03:42  curt
-// Prepairing for C++ integration.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/04/08 22:57:25  curt
-// Adopted Gnu automake/autoconf system.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/03/19 02:54:48  curt
-// Reorganized into a class lib called fgDEM.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1997/10/13 17:02:35  curt
-// Initial revision.
-//

Math/mat3.h

@@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright 1988, Brown Computer Graphics Group.  All Rights Reserved. */
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-		       Public MAT3 include file
-   ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#ifndef MAT3_HAS_BEEN_INCLUDED
-#define MAT3_HAS_BEEN_INCLUDED
-
-/* -----------------------------  Constants  ------------------------------ */
-
-/*
- * Make sure the math library .h file is included, in case it wasn't.
- */
-
-#ifndef HUGE
-#include <math.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#include <string.h>
-#include "Include/fg_memory.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus                                                          
-extern "C" {                            
-#endif                                   
-
-
-#define MAT3_DET0	-1			/* Indicates singular mat */
-#define MAT3_EPSILON	1e-12			/* Close enough to zero   */
-
-#ifdef M_PI
-#  define  MAT3_PI    M_PI
-#else
-#  define  MAT3_PI    3.14159265358979323846
-#endif
-
-#define USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES
-
-/* ------------------------------  Types  --------------------------------- */
-
-typedef double MAT3mat[4][4];		/* 4x4 matrix			 */
-typedef double MAT3vec[3];		/* Vector			 */
-typedef double MAT3hvec[4];             /* Vector with homogeneous coord */
-
-/* ------------------------------  Macros  -------------------------------- */
-
-extern MAT3mat identityMatrix;
-
-/* Tests if a number is within EPSILON of zero */
-#define MAT3_IS_ZERO(N) 	((N) < MAT3_EPSILON && (N) > -MAT3_EPSILON)
-
-/* Sets a vector to the three given values */
-#define MAT3_SET_VEC(V,X,Y,Z)	((V)[0]=(X), (V)[1]=(Y), (V)[2]=(Z))
-
-/* Tests a vector for all components close to zero */
-#define MAT3_IS_ZERO_VEC(V)	(MAT3_IS_ZERO((V)[0]) && \
-				 MAT3_IS_ZERO((V)[1]) && \
-				 MAT3_IS_ZERO((V)[2]))
-
-/* Dot product of two vectors */
-#define MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(V1,V2) \
-			((V1)[0]*(V2)[0] + (V1)[1]*(V2)[1] + (V1)[2]*(V2)[2])
-
-/* Copy one vector to other */
-#define MAT3_COPY_VEC(TO,FROM)	((TO)[0] = (FROM)[0], \
-				 (TO)[1] = (FROM)[1], \
-				 (TO)[2] = (FROM)[2])
-
-/* Normalize vector to unit length, using TEMP as temporary variable.
- * TEMP will be zero if vector has zero length */
-#define MAT3_NORMALIZE_VEC(V,TEMP) \
-	if ((TEMP = sqrt(MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(V,V))) > MAT3_EPSILON) { \
-	   TEMP = 1.0 / TEMP; \
-	   MAT3_SCALE_VEC(V,V,TEMP); \
-	} else TEMP = 0.0
-
-/* Scale vector by given factor, storing result vector in RESULT_V */
-#define MAT3_SCALE_VEC(RESULT_V,V,SCALE) \
-	MAT3_SET_VEC(RESULT_V, (V)[0]*(SCALE), (V)[1]*(SCALE), (V)[2]*(SCALE))
-
-/* Adds vectors V1 and V2, storing result in RESULT_V */
-#define MAT3_ADD_VEC(RESULT_V,V1,V2) \
-	MAT3_SET_VEC(RESULT_V, (V1)[0]+(V2)[0], (V1)[1]+(V2)[1], \
-			       (V1)[2]+(V2)[2])
-
-/* Subtracts vector V2 from V1, storing result in RESULT_V */
-#define MAT3_SUB_VEC(RESULT_V,V1,V2) \
-	MAT3_SET_VEC(RESULT_V, (V1)[0]-(V2)[0], (V1)[1]-(V2)[1], \
-			       (V1)[2]-(V2)[2])
-
-/* Multiplies vectors V1 and V2, storing result in RESULT_V */
-#define MAT3_MULT_VEC(RESULT_V,V1,V2) \
-	MAT3_SET_VEC(RESULT_V, (V1)[0]*(V2)[0], (V1)[1]*(V2)[1], \
-			       (V1)[2]*(V2)[2])
-
-/* Sets RESULT_V to the linear combination of V1 and V2, scaled by
- * SCALE1 and SCALE2, respectively */
-#define MAT3_LINEAR_COMB(RESULT_V,SCALE1,V1,SCALE2,V2) \
-	MAT3_SET_VEC(RESULT_V,	(SCALE1)*(V1)[0] + (SCALE2)*(V2)[0], \
-				(SCALE1)*(V1)[1] + (SCALE2)*(V2)[1], \
-				(SCALE1)*(V1)[2] + (SCALE2)*(V2)[2])
-
-/* Several of the vector macros are useful for homogeneous-coord vectors */
-#define MAT3_SET_HVEC(V,X,Y,Z,W) ((V)[0]=(X), (V)[1]=(Y), \
-				  (V)[2]=(Z), (V)[3]=(W))
-
-#define MAT3_COPY_HVEC(TO,FROM) ((TO)[0] = (FROM)[0], \
-				 (TO)[1] = (FROM)[1], \
-				 (TO)[2] = (FROM)[2], \
-				 (TO)[3] = (FROM)[3])
-
-#define MAT3_SCALE_HVEC(RESULT_V,V,SCALE) \
-	MAT3_SET_HVEC(RESULT_V, (V)[0]*(SCALE), (V)[1]*(SCALE), \
-				(V)[2]*(SCALE), (V)[3]*(SCALE))
-
-#define MAT3_ADD_HVEC(RESULT_V,V1,V2) \
-	MAT3_SET_HVEC(RESULT_V, (V1)[0]+(V2)[0], (V1)[1]+(V2)[1], \
-				(V1)[2]+(V2)[2], (V1)[3]+(V2)[3])
-
-#define MAT3_SUB_HVEC(RESULT_V,V1,V2) \
-	MAT3_SET_HVEC(RESULT_V, (V1)[0]-(V2)[0], (V1)[1]-(V2)[1], \
-				(V1)[2]-(V2)[2], (V1)[3]-(V2)[3])
-
-#define MAT3_MULT_HVEC(RESULT_V,V1,V2) \
-	MAT3_SET_HVEC(RESULT_V, (V1)[0]*(V2)[0], (V1)[1]*(V2)[1], \
-				(V1)[2]*(V2)[2], (V1)[3]*(V2)[3])
-
-/* ------------------------------  Entries  ------------------------------- */
-
-
-#define MAT3identity(mat)    fgmemcpy( mat, identityMatrix, sizeof(MAT3mat) )
-#define MAT3zero(mat)        fgmemzero( mat, sizeof(MAT3mat) )
-#define MAT3copy(to, from)   fgmemcpy( to, from, sizeof(MAT3mat) )
-
-#if defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-#  define MAT3mult_vec( result_vec, vec, mat) { \
-   MAT3vec tempvec; \
-   tempvec[0]=vec[0]*mat[0][0]+vec[1]*mat[1][0]+vec[2]*mat[2][0]+mat[3][0]; \
-   tempvec[1]=vec[0]*mat[0][1]+vec[1]*mat[1][1]+vec[2]*mat[2][1]+mat[3][1]; \
-   tempvec[2]=vec[0]*mat[0][2]+vec[1]*mat[1][2]+vec[2]*mat[2][2]+mat[3][2]; \
-   result_vec[0] = tempvec[0]; \
-   result_vec[1] = tempvec[1]; \
-   result_vec[2] = tempvec[2]; \
-}
-
-#  define MAT3cross_product(result_vec, vec1, vec2)  { \
-   MAT3vec tempvec; \
-   tempvec[0] = vec1[1] * vec2[2] - vec1[2] * vec2[1]; \
-   tempvec[1] = vec1[2] * vec2[0] - vec1[0] * vec2[2]; \
-   tempvec[2] = vec1[0] * vec2[1] - vec1[1] * vec2[0]; \
-   result_vec[0] = tempvec[0]; \
-   result_vec[1] = tempvec[1]; \
-   result_vec[2] = tempvec[2]; \
-} 
-
-#  define MAT3mult( result_mat,  mat1,  mat2) { \
-   register int i, j; \
-   MAT3mat	tmp_mat; \
-   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) \
-      for (j = 0; j < 4; j++) \
-         tmp_mat[i][j] = (mat1[i][0] * mat2[0][j] + \
-			  mat1[i][1] * mat2[1][j] + \
-			  mat1[i][2] * mat2[2][j] + \
-			  mat1[i][3] * mat2[3][j]); \
-   fgmemcpy(result_mat, tmp_mat, sizeof(MAT3mat)); \
-}
-
-#else // !defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-/* In MAT3mat.c */
-void	MAT3mult(MAT3mat result, MAT3mat, MAT3mat);
-void	MAT3mult_vec(MAT3vec result_vec, MAT3vec vec, MAT3mat mat);
-void	MAT3cross_product(MAT3vec result,MAT3vec,MAT3vec);
-
-#endif // defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-/* In MAT3geom.c */
-void	MAT3direction_matrix (MAT3mat result_mat, MAT3mat mat);
-int     MAT3normal_matrix (MAT3mat result_mat, MAT3mat mat);
-void	MAT3rotate (MAT3mat result_mat, MAT3vec axis, double angle_in_radians);
-void	MAT3translate (MAT3mat result_mat, MAT3vec trans);
-void	MAT3scale (MAT3mat result_mat, MAT3vec scale);
-void	MAT3shear(MAT3mat result_mat, double xshear, double yshear);
-
-void	MAT3transpose (MAT3mat result, MAT3mat);
-int	MAT3invert (MAT3mat result, MAT3mat);
-void	MAT3print (MAT3mat, FILE *fp);
-void	MAT3print_formatted (MAT3mat, FILE *fp, 
-			     char *title, char *head, char *format, char *tail);
-int	MAT3equal( void );
-double  MAT3trace( void );
-int	MAT3power( void );
-int	MAT3column_reduce( void );
-int	MAT3kernel_basis( void );
-
-/* In MAT3vec.c */
-int	MAT3mult_hvec (MAT3hvec result_vec, MAT3hvec vec, MAT3mat mat, int normalize);
-void	MAT3perp_vec(MAT3vec result_vec, MAT3vec vec, int is_unit);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* MAT3_HAS_BEEN_INCLUDED */
-

Math/mat3defs.h

@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright 1988, Brown Computer Graphics Group.  All Rights Reserved. */
-
-
-#ifndef _MAT3DEFS_H
-#define _MAT3DEFS_H
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus                                                          
-extern "C" {                            
-#endif                                   
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-/* #include <Math/mat3err.h> */
-#include <Math/mat3.h>
-
-/* -----------------------------  Constants  ------------------------------ */
-
-#define FALSE		0
-#define TRUE		1
-
-#define CNULL ((char *) NULL)
-
-/* ------------------------------  Macros  -------------------------------- */
-
-#define ALLOCN(P,T,N,M) \
-   if ((P = (T *) malloc((unsigned) (N) * sizeof(T))) == NULL) \
-      ERR_ERROR(MAT3_errid, ERR_FATAL, (ERR_ALLOC1, M)); \
-   else
-
-#define FREE(P)    free((char *) (P))
-
-#define ABS(A)		((A) > 0   ? (A) : -(A))
-#define MIN(A,B)	((A) < (B) ? (A) :  (B))
-#define MAX(A,B)	((A) > (B) ? (A) :  (B))
-
-#define SWAP(A,B,T)	(T = A, A = B, B = T)
-
-/* Is N within EPS of zero ? */
-#define IS_ZERO(N,EPS)	((N) < EPS && (N) > -EPS)
-
-/* Macros for lu routines */
-#define LU_PERMUTE(p,i,j)  { int LU_T; LU_T = p[i]; p[i] = p[j]; p[j] = LU_T; }
-
-/* -------------------------  Internal Entries ---------------------------- */
-
-/* -------------------------  Global Variables ---------------------------- */
-
-/* extern ERRid	*MAT3_errid; */
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* _MAT3DEFS_H */

Math/mat3err.h

@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _MAT3ERR_H
-#define _MAT3ERR_H
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus                                                          
-extern "C" {                            
-#endif                                   
-
-
-#include "sph_errtypes.h"
-
-#ifdef THINK_C
-/* We hide this from gnu's compiler, which doesn't understand it. */
-void SPH__error (int errtype, ...);
-#endif
-
-
-#define ERR_ERROR(A,B,C)   \
-   if (1) {char cstr[256]; sprintf C; SPH__error(ERR_MAT3_PACKAGE, cstr); } else
-
-
-#define ERR_S  cstr,"%s\n"
-#define ERR_SI cstr,"%s: %d\n"
-#define ERR_SS cstr,"%s: %s\n"
-
-#define ERR_SEVERE 0
-#define ERR_FATAL  0
-
-#define ERR_ALLOC1 0
-
-typedef int ERRid;
-
-#define ERRregister_package(S)    100
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* _MAT3ERR_H */

Math/polar3d.cxx

@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-// polar.cxx -- routines to deal with polar math and transformations
-//
-// Written by Curtis Olson, started June 1997.
-//
-// Copyright (C) 1997  Curtis L. Olson  - curt@infoplane.com
-//
-// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-// License, or (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-// General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-
-
-#include <math.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#include <Include/fg_constants.h>
-
-#include "polar3d.hxx"
-
-
-// Find the Altitude above the Ellipsoid (WGS84) given the Earth
-// Centered Cartesian coordinate vector Distances are specified in
-// meters.
-double fgGeodAltFromCart(const Point3D& cp)
-{
-    double t_lat, x_alpha, mu_alpha;
-    double lat_geoc, radius;
-    double result;
-
-    lat_geoc = FG_PI_2 - atan2( sqrt(cp.x()*cp.x() + cp.y()*cp.y()), cp.z() );
-    radius = sqrt( cp.x()*cp.x() + cp.y()*cp.y() + cp.z()*cp.z() );
-	
-    if( ( (FG_PI_2 - lat_geoc) < ONE_SECOND )        // near North pole
-	|| ( (FG_PI_2 + lat_geoc) < ONE_SECOND ) )   // near South pole
-    {
-	result = radius - EQUATORIAL_RADIUS_M*E;
-    } else {
-	t_lat = tan(lat_geoc);
-	x_alpha = E*EQUATORIAL_RADIUS_M/sqrt(t_lat*t_lat + E*E);
-	mu_alpha = atan2(sqrt(RESQ_M - x_alpha*x_alpha),E*x_alpha);
-	if (lat_geoc < 0) {
-	    mu_alpha = - mu_alpha;
-	}
-	result = (radius - x_alpha/cos(lat_geoc))*cos(mu_alpha - lat_geoc);
-    }
-
-    return(result);
-}
-
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.6  1999/01/27 04:46:19  curt
-// Portability tweaks by Bernie Bright.
-//
-// Revision 1.5  1998/10/18 01:17:13  curt
-// Point3D tweaks.
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1998/10/16 19:30:09  curt
-// C++-ified the comments.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/10/16 00:50:29  curt
-// Added point3d.hxx to replace cheezy fgPoint3d struct.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/08/24 20:04:11  curt
-// Various "inline" code optimizations contributed by Norman Vine.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/07/08 14:40:08  curt
-// polar3d.[ch] renamed to polar3d.[ch]xx, vector.[ch] renamed to vector.[ch]xx
-// Updated fg_geodesy comments to reflect that routines expect and produce
-//   meters.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/05/03 00:45:49  curt
-// Commented out a debugging printf.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/05/02 01:50:11  curt
-// polar.[ch] renamed to polar3d.[ch]
-//
-// Revision 1.6  1998/04/25 22:06:23  curt
-// Edited cvs log messages in source files ... bad bad bad!
-//
-// Revision 1.5  1998/01/27 00:48:00  curt
-// Incorporated Paul Bleisch's <pbleisch@acm.org> new debug message
-// system and commandline/config file processing code.
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1998/01/19 19:27:12  curt
-// Merged in make system changes from Bob Kuehne <rpk@sgi.com>
-// This should simplify things tremendously.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1997/12/15 23:54:54  curt
-// Add xgl wrappers for debugging.
-// Generate terrain normals on the fly.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1997/07/31 22:52:27  curt
-// Working on redoing internal coordinate systems & scenery transformations.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1997/07/07 21:02:36  curt
-// Initial revision.
-

Math/polar3d.hxx

@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-// polar.hxx -- routines to deal with polar math and transformations
-//
-// Written by Curtis Olson, started June 1997.
-//
-// Copyright (C) 1997  Curtis L. Olson  - curt@infoplane.com
-//
-// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-// License, or (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-// General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-
-
-#ifndef _POLAR_HXX
-#define _POLAR_HXX
-
-
-#ifndef __cplusplus                                                          
-# error This library requires C++
-#endif                                   
-
-
-#include <Include/fg_constants.h>
-#include <Math/point3d.hxx>
-
-
-// Find the Altitude above the Ellipsoid (WGS84) given the Earth
-// Centered Cartesian coordinate vector Distances are specified in
-// meters.
-double fgGeodAltFromCart(const Point3D& cp);
-
-
-// Convert a polar coordinate to a cartesian coordinate.  Lon and Lat
-// must be specified in radians.  The FG convention is for distances
-// to be specified in meters
-inline Point3D fgPolarToCart3d(const Point3D& p) {
-    double tmp = cos( p.lat() ) * p.radius();
-
-    return Point3D( cos( p.lon() ) * tmp,
-		    sin( p.lon() ) * tmp,
-		    sin( p.lat() ) * p.radius() );
-}
-
-
-// Convert a cartesian coordinate to polar coordinates (lon/lat
-// specified in radians.  Distances are specified in meters.
-inline Point3D fgCartToPolar3d(const Point3D& cp) {
-    return Point3D( atan2( cp.y(), cp.x() ),
-		    FG_PI_2 - 
-		    atan2( sqrt(cp.x()*cp.x() + cp.y()*cp.y()), cp.z() ),
-		    sqrt(cp.x()*cp.x() + cp.y()*cp.y() + cp.z()*cp.z()) );
-}
-
-
-#endif // _POLAR_HXX
-
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.5  1999/01/27 04:46:20  curt
-// Portability tweaks by Bernie Bright.
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1998/10/16 19:30:07  curt
-// C++-ified the comments.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/10/16 00:50:30  curt
-// Added point3d.hxx to replace cheezy fgPoint3d struct.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/08/24 20:04:12  curt
-// Various "inline" code optimizations contributed by Norman Vine.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/07/08 14:40:09  curt
-// polar3d.[ch] renamed to polar3d.[ch]xx, vector.[ch] renamed to vector.[ch]xx
-// Updated fg_geodesy comments to reflect that routines expect and produce
-//   meters.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/05/02 01:50:11  curt
-// polar.[ch] renamed to polar3d.[ch]
-//
-// Revision 1.9  1998/04/25 22:06:23  curt
-// Edited cvs log messages in source files ... bad bad bad!
-//
-// Revision 1.8  1998/04/21 17:03:50  curt
-// Prepairing for C++ integration.
-//
-// Revision 1.7  1998/01/27 00:48:00  curt
-// Incorporated Paul Bleisch's <pbleisch@acm.org> new debug message
-// system and commandline/config file processing code.
-//
-// Revision 1.6  1998/01/22 02:59:39  curt
-// Changed #ifdef FILE_H to #ifdef _FILE_H
-//
-// Revision 1.5  1998/01/19 19:27:13  curt
-// Merged in make system changes from Bob Kuehne <rpk@sgi.com>
-// This should simplify things tremendously.
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1997/12/15 23:54:55  curt
-// Add xgl wrappers for debugging.
-// Generate terrain normals on the fly.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1997/07/31 22:52:28  curt
-// Working on redoing internal coordinate systems & scenery transformations.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1997/07/23 21:52:21  curt
-// Put comments around the text after an #endif for increased portability.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1997/07/07 21:02:37  curt
-// Initial revision.
-//
-

Math/vector.cxx

@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
-// vector.cxx -- additional vector routines
-//
-// Written by Curtis Olson, started December 1997.
-//
-// Copyright (C) 1997  Curtis L. Olson  - curt@infoplane.com
-//
-// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-// License, or (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-// General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-
-
-#include <math.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-// #include <Include/fg_types.h>
-
-#include "vector.hxx"
-
-#include "mat3.h"
-
-
-#if !defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-// Map a vector onto the plane specified by normal
-void map_vec_onto_cur_surface_plane(MAT3vec normal, MAT3vec v0, MAT3vec vec,
-				    MAT3vec result)
-{
-    MAT3vec u1, v, tmp;
-
-    // calculate a vector "u1" representing the shortest distance from
-    // the plane specified by normal and v0 to a point specified by
-    // "vec".  "u1" represents both the direction and magnitude of
-    // this desired distance.
-
-    // u1 = ( (normal <dot> vec) / (normal <dot> normal) ) * normal
-
-    MAT3_SCALE_VEC( u1,
-		    normal,
-		    ( MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(normal, vec) /
-		      MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(normal, normal)
-		      )
-		    );
-
-    // printf("  vec = %.2f, %.2f, %.2f\n", vec[0], vec[1], vec[2]);
-    // printf("  v0 = %.2f, %.2f, %.2f\n", v0[0], v0[1], v0[2]);
-    // printf("  u1 = %.2f, %.2f, %.2f\n", u1[0], u1[1], u1[2]);
-   
-    // calculate the vector "v" which is the vector "vec" mapped onto
-    // the plane specified by "normal" and "v0".
-
-    // v = v0 + vec - u1
-
-    MAT3_ADD_VEC(tmp, v0, vec);
-    MAT3_SUB_VEC(v, tmp, u1);
-    // printf("  v = %.2f, %.2f, %.2f\n", v[0], v[1], v[2]);
-
-    // Calculate the vector "result" which is "v" - "v0" which is a
-    // directional vector pointing from v0 towards v
-
-    // result = v - v0
-
-    MAT3_SUB_VEC(result, v, v0);
-    // printf("  result = %.2f, %.2f, %.2f\n", 
-    // result[0], result[1], result[2]);
-}
-#endif // !defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-
-// Given a point p, and a line through p0 with direction vector d,
-// find the shortest distance from the point to the line
-double fgPointLine(MAT3vec p, MAT3vec p0, MAT3vec d) {
-    MAT3vec u, u1, v;
-    double ud, dd, tmp;
-    
-    // u = p - p0
-    MAT3_SUB_VEC(u, p, p0);
-
-    // calculate the projection, u1, of u along d.
-    // u1 = ( dot_prod(u, d) / dot_prod(d, d) ) * d;
-    ud = MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(u, d);
-    dd = MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(d, d);
-    tmp = ud / dd;
-
-    MAT3_SCALE_VEC(u1, d, tmp);;
-
-    // v = u - u1 = vector from closest point on line, p1, to the
-    // original point, p.
-    MAT3_SUB_VEC(v, u, u1);
-
-    return sqrt(MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(v, v));
-}
-
-
-// Given a point p, and a line through p0 with direction vector d,
-// find the shortest distance (squared) from the point to the line
-double fgPointLineSquared(MAT3vec p, MAT3vec p0, MAT3vec d) {
-    MAT3vec u, u1, v;
-    double ud, dd, tmp;
-    
-    // u = p - p0
-    MAT3_SUB_VEC(u, p, p0);
-
-    // calculate the projection, u1, of u along d.
-    // u1 = ( dot_prod(u, d) / dot_prod(d, d) ) * d;
-    ud = MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(u, d);
-    dd = MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(d, d);
-    tmp = ud / dd;
-
-    MAT3_SCALE_VEC(u1, d, tmp);;
-
-    // v = u - u1 = vector from closest point on line, p1, to the
-    // original point, p.
-    MAT3_SUB_VEC(v, u, u1);
-
-    return ( MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(v, v) );
-}
-
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.6  1999/03/25 19:02:28  curt
-// Minor optimization tweaks.
-//
-// Revision 1.5  1998/10/16 23:36:38  curt
-// c++-ifying.
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1998/10/16 00:50:31  curt
-// Added point3d.hxx to replace cheezy fgPoint3d struct.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/08/24 20:04:12  curt
-// Various "inline" code optimizations contributed by Norman Vine.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/07/24 21:34:38  curt
-// fgPointLine() rewritten into fgPointLineSquared() ... this ultimately saves
-// us from doing a sqrt().
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/07/08 14:40:10  curt
-// polar3d.[ch] renamed to polar3d.[ch]xx, vector.[ch] renamed to vector.[ch]xx
-// Updated fg_geodesy comments to reflect that routines expect and produce
-//   meters.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/05/07 23:04:28  curt
-// Added a blank formating line!
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/01/19 19:27:13  curt
-// Merged in make system changes from Bob Kuehne <rpk@sgi.com>
-// This should simplify things tremendously.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1997/12/22 04:13:17  curt
-// Initial revision.
-//

Math/vector.hxx

@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-// vector.hxx -- additional vector routines
-//
-// Written by Curtis Olson, started December 1997.
-//
-// Copyright (C) 1997  Curtis L. Olson  - curt@infoplane.com
-//
-// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-// License, or (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-// General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-
-
-#ifndef _VECTOR_HXX
-#define _VECTOR_HXX
-
-
-#ifndef __cplusplus                                                          
-# error This library requires C++
-#endif                                   
-
-
-#include "mat3.h"
-
-
-// Map a vector onto the plane specified by normal
-#if defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-#  define map_vec_onto_cur_surface_plane(normal, v0, vec, result) { \
-	double scale = ((normal[0]*vec[0]+normal[1]*vec[1]+normal[2]*vec[2]) / \
-	       (normal[0]*normal[0]+normal[1]*normal[1]+normal[2]*normal[2])); \
-	result[0] = vec[0]-normal[0]*scale; \
-	result[1] = vec[1]-normal[1]*scale; \
-	result[2] = vec[2]-normal[2]*scale; \
-  }
-#else
-  void map_vec_onto_cur_surface_plane(MAT3vec normal, MAT3vec v0, MAT3vec vec,
-				    MAT3vec result);
-#endif //defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-
-// Given a point p, and a line through p0 with direction vector d,
-// find the shortest distance from the point to the line
-double fgPointLine(MAT3vec p, MAT3vec p0, MAT3vec d);
-
-
-// Given a point p, and a line through p0 with direction vector d,
-// find the shortest distance (squared) from the point to the line
-double fgPointLineSquared(MAT3vec p, MAT3vec p0, MAT3vec d);
-
-
-#endif // _VECTOR_HXX
-
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.4  1998/10/16 23:36:39  curt
-// c++-ifying.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/08/24 20:04:13  curt
-// Various "inline" code optimizations contributed by Norman Vine.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/07/24 21:34:38  curt
-// fgPointLine() rewritten into fgPointLineSquared() ... this ultimately saves
-// us from doing a sqrt().
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/07/08 14:40:10  curt
-// polar3d.[ch] renamed to polar3d.[ch]xx, vector.[ch] renamed to vector.[ch]xx
-// Updated fg_geodesy comments to reflect that routines expect and produce
-//   meters.
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1998/04/21 17:03:51  curt
-// Prepairing for C++ integration.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/01/22 02:59:39  curt
-// Changed #ifdef FILE_H to #ifdef _FILE_H
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/01/19 19:27:14  curt
-// Merged in make system changes from Bob Kuehne <rpk@sgi.com>
-// This should simplify things tremendously.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1997/12/22 04:13:18  curt
-// Initial revision.
-//
-

Misc/CREDITS

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-The following files were unashamedly borrowed from other projects:
-
-zfstream.hxx
-zfstream.cxx
-	zlib/contrib/iostream
-
-stopwatch.hxx was (blitz/time.h)
-	blitz
-
-Some modifications have been made to fit in with the FlightGear scheme of things.
-
-As far as I'm aware they are all covered by GNU's licensing agreements.
-
-Many thanks to their respective authors.
-
-Bernie Bright (bbright@c031.aone.net.au)

Misc/Makefile.am

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
-
-noinst_LIBRARIES = libMisc.a
-
-libMisc_a_SOURCES = \
-	fgstream.cxx fgstream.hxx \
-	stopwatch.hxx \
-	strutils.cxx strutils.hxx \
-	zfstream.cxx zfstream.hxx
-
-INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir) -I$(top_builddir)/Lib

Misc/fgstream.hxx

@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-// zlib input file stream wrapper.
-//
-// Written by Bernie Bright, 1998
-//
-// Copyright (C) 1998  Bernie Bright - bbright@c031.aone.net.au
-//
-// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-// License, or (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-// General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-
-#ifndef _FGSTREAM_HXX
-#define _FGSTREAM_HXX
-
-#ifndef __cplusplus                                                          
-# error This library requires C++
-#endif                                   
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include "Include/config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <Include/compiler.h>
-
-#if defined( FG_HAVE_STD_INCLUDES )
-#  include <istream>
-#elif defined ( FG_HAVE_NATIVE_SGI_COMPILERS )
-#  include <CC/stream.h>
-#else
-#  include <istream.h>
-#endif
-
-#include STL_STRING
-
-#include "zfstream.hxx"
-
-FG_USING_STD(string);
-
-#ifndef FG_HAVE_NATIVE_SGI_COMPILERS
-FG_USING_STD(istream);
-#endif
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Envelope class for gzifstream.
-//
-class fg_gzifstream : private gzifstream_base, public istream
-{
-public:
-    //
-    fg_gzifstream();
-
-    // Attempt to open a file with and without ".gz" extension.
-    fg_gzifstream( const string& name,
-		   ios_openmode io_mode = ios_in | ios_binary );
-
-    // 
-    fg_gzifstream( int fd, ios_openmode io_mode = ios_in|ios_binary );
-
-    // Attempt to open a file with and without ".gz" extension.
-    void open( const string& name,
-	       ios_openmode io_mode = ios_in|ios_binary );
-
-    void attach( int fd, ios_openmode io_mode = ios_in|ios_binary );
-
-    void close() { gzbuf.close(); }
-
-    bool is_open() { return gzbuf.is_open(); }
-
-private:
-    // Not defined!
-    fg_gzifstream( const fg_gzifstream& );    
-    void operator= ( const fg_gzifstream& );    
-};
-
-// istream manipulator that skips to end of line.
-istream& skipeol( istream& in );
-
-// istream manipulator that skips over white space.
-istream& skipws( istream& in );
-
-// istream manipulator that skips comments and white space.
-// A comment starts with '#'.
-istream& skipcomment( istream& in );
-
-
-#endif /* _FGSTREAM_HXX */
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.9  1999/03/27 14:04:25  curt
-// Added is_open() so we can check if the open() succeeded.
-//
-// Revision 1.8  1999/03/02 01:01:55  curt
-// Tweaks for compiling with native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.7  1999/02/26 22:08:08  curt
-// Added initial support for native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.6  1999/01/19 20:41:46  curt
-// Portability updates contributed by Bernie Bright.
-//
-// Revision 1.5  1998/11/06 14:05:13  curt
-// More portability improvements by Bernie Bright.
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1998/10/16 00:50:56  curt
-// Remove leading _ from a couple defines.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/10/13 00:10:06  curt
-// More portability changes to help with windoze compilation problems.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/09/24 15:22:18  curt
-// Additional enhancements.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/09/01 19:06:29  curt
-// Initial revision.
-//

Misc/strutils.cxx

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-// String utilities.
-//
-// Written by Bernie Bright, 1998
-//
-// Copyright (C) 1998  Bernie Bright - bbright@c031.aone.net.au
-//
-// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-// License, or (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-// General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "strutils.hxx"
-
-const string whitespace = " \n\r\t";
-
-//
-string
-trimleft( const string& s, const string& trimmings )
-{
-    string result;
-    string::size_type pos = s.find_first_not_of( trimmings );
-    if ( pos != string::npos )
-    {
-        result.assign( s.substr( pos ) );
-    }
-
-    return result;
-}
-
-//
-string
-trimright( const string& s, const string& trimmings )
-{
-    string result;
-
-    string::size_type pos = s.find_last_not_of( trimmings );
-    if ( pos == string::npos )
-    {
-	// Not found, return the original string.
-	result = s;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        result.assign( s.substr( 0, pos+1 ) );
-    }
-
-    return result;
-}
-
-//
-string
-trim( const string& s, const string& trimmings )
-{
-    return trimright( trimleft( s, trimmings ), trimmings );
-}
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.2  1998/10/18 01:17:15  curt
-// Point3D tweaks.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/09/01 19:06:30  curt
-// Initial revision.
-//

Misc/strutils.hxx

@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-// String utilities.
-//
-// Written by Bernie Bright, 1998
-//
-// Copyright (C) 1998  Bernie Bright - bbright@c031.aone.net.au
-//
-// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-// License, or (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-// General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-
-#ifndef STRUTILS_H
-#define STRUTILS_H
-
-#include <Include/compiler.h>
-#include STL_STRING
-
-#ifdef FG_HAVE_STD_INCLUDES
-#  include <cstdlib>
-#else
-#  include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-FG_USING_STD(string);
-
-// Default characters to remove.
-extern const string whitespace;
-
-// Returns a string with trailing characters removed.
-string trimleft( const string& s, const string& trimmings = whitespace );
-
-// Returns a string with leading characters removed.
-string trimright( const string& s, const string& trimmings = whitespace );
-
-// Returns a string with leading and trailing characters removed.
-string trim( const string& s, const string& trimmings = whitespace );
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline double
-atof( const string& str )
-{
-    return ::atof( str.c_str() );
-}
-
-inline int
-atoi( const string& str )
-{
-    return ::atoi( str.c_str() );
-}
-
-#endif // STRUTILS_H
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.6  1999/03/02 01:01:56  curt
-// Tweaks for compiling with native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.5  1999/02/26 22:08:09  curt
-// Added initial support for native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1999/01/19 20:41:47  curt
-// Portability updates contributed by Bernie Bright.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/10/16 00:50:57  curt
-// Remove leading _ from a couple defines.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/10/13 00:10:07  curt
-// More portability changes to help with windoze compilation problems.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/09/01 19:06:31  curt
-// Initial revision.
-//

NEWS

@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+New in 0.0.19pre2
+* September 1, 2002
+
+* Fixed various build problems (one show stopper with the interpreters
+  subdir)
+
+
+New in 0.0.19pre1
+* August 31, 2002
+
+* Modernized the autoconf/make scripts.
+* Removed efence support (in favor of valgrind.)
+
+* Added a javascript interpreter.
+* SGSocket reimplimented on top of plib/net libs.
+* Added a new random number generation algorithm.
+* Total rewrite of the strutils package.
+
+* Patch for the random number seed.
+* IA-64 w/ Intel compiler fixes.
+* MSVC/MINGW fixes.
+* Mac OS X fixes.
+* Irix fixes.
+* Code clean ups to remove warning messages.
+* Optimizations in sg_binobj to reduce the amout of memory copying
+  needed when loading a binobj format file.
+* Fixed a couple places where variables could be used before they were
+  initialized.
+* Various property manager fixes and improvements.
+* Fixes to cloud layer management code.
+* Made the sky dome more flexible to facilitate use in other applications.
+
+
+New in 0.0.18
+* April 20, 2002
+
+* Created a src/libs subdirectory for several packages that need to be
+  installed by the user but are used by many other packages and may already
+  be installed.  So we just bundle the source separately as a convenience
+  if the user needs to build and install these.
+* Upgrade to zlib-1.1.4 (security fix)
+* Upgrade to metakit-2.4.2-32.tar.gz (latest upstream release)
+* Added support for point objects in the scenery file format.
+* Additions to the binary file format to make it *much* more flexible.
+  For each major primative type: points, triangles, fans, and strips, you
+  can specify an index list of vertices, normals, colors, and texture
+  coordinates.  You can skip any of these you like to save on space.
+* Added support for new file features in the binary -> ascii scenery file
+  decoder.
+* Various code clean ups.
+* Separate XML I/O operations into a separate header file.
+* Major property manager rewrite, then lots of followup cleaning and
+  improvements.
+
+
+New in 0.0.17 (final)
+* February 16, 2002
+
+* Explicitely reset the glBlendFunc() after drawing the moon for the
+  Voodoo2 linux driver since it seems to have a bug in glPopAttrib().
+
+
+New in 0.0.17pre2
+* February 13, 2002
+
+* Replaced some cout's with SG_LOG's
+
+
+New in 0.0.17pre1
+* February 12, 2002
+
+* Removed metakit and zlib from build process.  Tarballs are still included
+  for those who's systems don't provide these packages.
+* MSVC fixes.
+* IRIX fixes.
+* Mingwin fixes.
+* Mac OS X fixes.
+* FreeBSD fixes.
+* Added support for Intel's C++ compiler under Linux.
+* Attempt to build in support for various non-compatible automake/autoconf
+  versions.
+* Fix for a problem that could lead to a bogus build for people with voodoo
+  cards.
+* Added Norman's jpegfactory code which can create jpeg format screen shots
+  of a live running application.
+* implemented set/get_log_classes and set/get_log_priority.
+* Socket library improvements.
+* Added a C++ exception abstraction.
+* Property manager fixes and improvements including node path caching
+  and debug tracing of property reads/writes.
+* Updates/fixes to xml handling.
+
+
+New in 0.0.16
+* July 12, 2001
+* Various changes to the property manager implimentation to better support
+  dumping out the desired portions of the property tree to file.
+* Don't compile the metakit demos by default (causes problems for Irix)'
+* Other various tweaks for Irix.
+* Added a virtual destructor to XMLVisitor to fix a warning message.
+* Check for valid hostname lookup in sg_socket.cxx
+* Add a function to return modified julian date without creating an
+  entire SGTime class.  This avoids an extraneous warning about not
+  being able to find a timezone.
+* Created a mailing list for cvs commit messages.
+* Fixed a potential array under/over run bug in interpolator.cxx
+* Removed all references to SGValue from the property manager.  Added
+  support for an "archive" bit in the property manager to control
+  which values get written out.
+* Added SGCommandState class so that commands can compile and save
+  copies of their arguments for efficiency if they are called multiple
+  times.
+* Added Brian Baul's "tr" tiled rendering low level support library.
+  This along with some higher level code in flightgear allows us to do
+  ultra-hires tiled screen dumps suitable for large format printers.
+  (Norman Vine)
+
+
+New in 0.0.15
+* June 20, 2001
+* Various bug fixes, tweaks, and optimizations.
+* Added a command manager (analogous to the property manager)
+* Better Irix Mips support.
+* Various gcc-3.0 fixes.
+* Various MSVC fixes.
+* Added MSVC project files (automatically generated from the unix
+  automake configuration files.)
+* Removed total size limitation on interpolation table module.
+* Various Cygwin fixes.
+* Added some convenience functions to point3d.
+* Various compiler warning fixes.
+* Added a thread wrapper class (currently only supports pthreads)
+* Added IO routines for a lowlevel, native simgear binary 3d file
+  format optimized for TerraGear terrain.
+* Better endianness checking and support for the binary file
+  read/write routines.
+* Added doxygen comments for all public interface code.  Documentation
+  can be accessed via the SimGear web page.
+* Many FG -> SG name space changes for better consistancy throughout
+  this package.
+* Added property aliases, repeated name tags, and a general xml
+  inclusion facilities.  Many other property manager clean ups
+  following a complete rewrite.
+* Fixed some critical null pointer bugs in property manager.
+* Magnetic variation can now be fetched for any arbitrary location.
+
+
+New in 0.0.14
+* December 14, 2000
+* Added a module to manage waypoints and routes, calculate bearing and
+  distance to next waypoint, lateral distance off route, etc.
+* Moved some of the basic time management code over from flightgear.
+* Bucket dimensions can be returned in meters
+* Added SOCK_STREAM (TCP) socket support to the networking code.
+* Updated random number generator interface so application can provide
+  it's own seed value as well as use the default time seed.
+* Added a routine to calculate the distance between a point and a line segment.
+* Updates to the property manager and the property list loader/saver.
+* Added an explanation of the rational behind our terrain texture coordinate
+  generation code.
+* Fixed sky dome so that the color at the horizon will always match
+  the specified fog color.
+* Did a fair amount of fg -> sg name space updating (lots left to do.)
+* Added support for KAI C++ on linux.
+* MSVC tweaks.
+* MacOS tweaks.
+* FreeBSD tweaks.
+
+
+New in 0.0.13
+* September 14, 2000
+* Added support for reading and writing xml files (easyxml)
+* Then updates to property manager and xml code.
+* Update magnetic variation code.
+* Sky code now uses glPushAttrib and glPopAttrib so it plays better with
+  other ssg based apps.
+* MacOS tweaks.
+* MSVC tweaks.
+
+
+New in 0.0.12
+* July 19, 2000
+* Converted project license from GPL to LGPL.
+* Moved low level IO (socket, file, serial) code over to SimGear.
+* Moved ephemeral code into simgear
+* Moved basic world time code into simgear
+* Added a property manager (registry)
+* Some documentation added.
+
+
+New in 0.0.11
+* July 3, 2000
+* Replaced gdbm with metakit
+* Added drop in sky (depends on plib)
+* Added spherical course and dist given two points calculations
+* MSVC5 fixes
+* Math/bucket/tiling tweaks from Norman Vine
+
+
+New in 0.0.7
+* March 29, 2000
+* Added support for RedHat package building contributed by Habibie 
+  <habibie@MailandNews.com>
+* Added gdbm to SimGear.  Many systems will already have gdbm installed so
+  it is only built if it doesn't already exist on the user's platform.
+  gdbm is a set of database routines that use extendible hashing and works
+  similar to the standard UNIX dbm routines.  This guarantees the availability
+  of gdbm to any application that uses SimGear.
+* Optimizations and bullet proofing of magnetic variation code by Norman 
+  Vine and Ed Williams
+
+
+New in 0.0.6
+* March 27, 2000
+* Added Nima World Magnetic Model 2000 contributed by Ed Williams
+* Fixes for MSVC++
+
+
+New in 0.0.5
+* March 17, 2000
+* Restructured directory layout to facilitate windows/mac IDE builds.
+
+
+New in 0.0.4
+* Removed mat3.h and friends (we now use plib's sg lib for these sorts of 
+  things.)
+
+
+New in 0.0.3
+* Release that conincides with FlightGear-0.7.2

PUI/Makefile.am

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-noinst_LIBRARIES = libPUI.a
-
-EXTRA_DIST = complex.cxx simple.cxx
-
-libPUI_a_SOURCES = \
-	pu.h puLocal.h \
-	pu.cxx \
-	puBox.cxx \
-	puButton.cxx \
-	puButtonBox.cxx \
-	puDialogBox.cxx \
-	puFrame.cxx \
-	puInput.cxx \
-	puInterface.cxx \
-	puMenuBar.cxx \
-	puObject.cxx \
-	puOneShot.cxx \
-	puPopup.cxx \
-	puPopupMenu.cxx \
-	puSlider.cxx \
-	puText.cxx
-
-INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir)
-

PUI/complex.cxx

@@ -1,332 +0,0 @@
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#ifdef WIN32
-#include <windows.h>
-#else
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-#include <math.h>
-#include <GL/glut.h>
-#include "pu.h"
-
-/***********************************\
-*                                   *
-* These are the PUI widget pointers *
-*                                   *
-\***********************************/
-
-puMenuBar   *main_menu_bar ;
-puButton    *hide_menu_button ;
-puDialogBox *dialog_box ;
-puText      *dialog_box_message ;
-puOneShot   *dialog_box_ok_button ;
-puText      *timer_text ;
-puSlider    *rspeedSlider;
-
-
-/***********************************\
-*                                   *
-*  This is a generic tumbling cube  *
-*                                   *
-\***********************************/
-
-GLfloat light_diffuse [] = {0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 1.0} ;  /* Red diffuse light. */
-GLfloat light_position[] = {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.0} ;  /* Infinite light location. */
-
-GLfloat cube_n[6][3] =  /* Normals */
-{
- {-1.0, 0.0, 0.0}, {0.0, 1.0, 0.0}, {1.0, 0.0, 0.0},
- { 0.0,-1.0, 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0, 1.0}, {0.0, 0.0,-1.0}
-} ;
-
-GLint cube_i[6][4] =  /* Vertex indices */
-{
-  {0, 1, 2, 3}, {3, 2, 6, 7}, {7, 6, 5, 4},
-  {4, 5, 1, 0}, {5, 6, 2, 1}, {7, 4, 0, 3}
-} ;
-
-GLfloat cube_v[8][3] =  /* Vertices */
-{
-  {-1.0,-1.0, 1.0}, {-1.0,-1.0,-1.0}, {-1.0, 1.0,-1.0}, {-1.0, 1.0, 1.0},
-  { 1.0,-1.0, 1.0}, { 1.0,-1.0,-1.0}, { 1.0, 1.0,-1.0}, { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}
-} ;
-
-
-static int firsttime;
-
-void drawCube (void)
-{
-
-  if ( firsttime )
-  {
-    /*
-      Deliberately do this only once - it's a better test of
-      PUI's attempts to leave the OpenGL state undisturbed
-    */
-
-    firsttime = FALSE ;
-    glLightfv      ( GL_LIGHT0, GL_DIFFUSE , light_diffuse  ) ;
-    glLightfv      ( GL_LIGHT0, GL_POSITION, light_position ) ;
-    glEnable       ( GL_LIGHT0     ) ;
-    glEnable       ( GL_LIGHTING   ) ;
-    glEnable       ( GL_DEPTH_TEST ) ;
-    glMatrixMode   ( GL_PROJECTION ) ;
-    gluPerspective ( 40.0, 1.0, 1.0, 10.0 ) ;
-    glMatrixMode   ( GL_MODELVIEW ) ;
-    gluLookAt      ( 0.0, 0.0, 5.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0 ) ;
-    glTranslatef   ( 0.0, 0.0, -1.0 ) ;
-    glRotatef      ( 60.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0 ) ;
-  }
-
-  glCullFace     ( GL_FRONT ) ;
-  glEnable       ( GL_CULL_FACE ) ;
-  //  glRotatef ( 1.0f, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0 ) ;  /* Tumble that cube! */
-
-  glBegin ( GL_QUADS ) ;
-
-  for ( int i = 0 ; i < 6 ; i++ )
-  {
-    glNormal3fv ( &cube_n[i][0] ) ;
-    glVertex3fv ( cube_v[cube_i[i][0]] ) ; glVertex3fv ( cube_v[cube_i[i][1]] ) ;
-    glVertex3fv ( cube_v[cube_i[i][2]] ) ; glVertex3fv ( cube_v[cube_i[i][3]] ) ;
-  }
-
-  glEnd () ;
-}
-
-/********************************\
-*                                *
-* End of cube renderer in OpenGL * 
-*                                *
-\********************************/
-
-
-/**************************************\
-*                                      *
-* These three functions capture mouse  *
-* and keystrokes (special and mundane) *
-* from GLUT and pass them on to PUI.   *
-*                                      *
-\**************************************/
-
-static void specialfn ( int key, int, int )
-{
-  puKeyboard ( key + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET, PU_DOWN ) ;
-  glutPostRedisplay () ;
-}
-
-static void keyfn ( unsigned char key, int, int )
-{
-  puKeyboard ( key, PU_DOWN ) ;
-  glutPostRedisplay () ;
-}
-
-static void motionfn ( int x, int y )
-{
-  puMouse ( x, y ) ;
-  glutPostRedisplay () ;
-}
-
-static void mousefn ( int button, int updown, int x, int y )
-{
-  puMouse ( button, updown, x, y ) ;
-  glutPostRedisplay () ;
-}
-
-/**************************************\
-*                                      *
-* This function redisplays the PUI and *
-* the tumbling cube, flips the double  *
-* buffer and then asks GLUT to post a  *
-* redisplay command - so we re-render  *
-* at maximum rate.                     *
-*                                      *
-\**************************************/
-
-static void displayfn (void)
-{
-  /* Clear the screen */
-
-  glClearColor ( 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0 ) ;
-  glClear      ( GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT | GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT ) ;
-
-  /* Draw the tumbling cube */
-
-  float val ; rspeedSlider->getValue ( &val ) ;
-
-  glRotatef( 4*val, 15.0, 10.0 , 5.0 );
-
-  drawCube  () ;
-
-  /* Update the 'timer' */
-
-  time_t t = time ( NULL ) ;
-  timer_text -> setLabel ( ctime ( & t ) ) ;
-
-  /* Make PUI redraw */
-
-  puDisplay () ;
-  
-  /* Off we go again... */
-
-  glutSwapBuffers   () ;
-  glutPostRedisplay () ;
-}
-
-
-/***********************************\
-*                                   *
-* Here are the PUI widget callback  *
-* functions.                        *
-*                                   *
-\***********************************/
-
-void hide_menu_cb ( puObject *cb )
-{
-  if ( cb -> getValue () )
-  {
-    main_menu_bar -> reveal () ;
-    hide_menu_button->setLegend ( "Hide Menu" ) ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    main_menu_bar -> hide   () ;
-    hide_menu_button->setLegend ( "Show Menu" ) ;
-  }
-}
-
-
-void go_away_cb ( puObject * )
-{
-  /*
-    Delete the dialog box when its 'OK' button is pressed.
-
-    This seems to crash on MSVC compilers - probably because
-    I delete dialog_box - whose member function is calling
-    this function. Hence we return to something that is
-    in a distinctly 'iffy' state.
-  */
-
-  delete dialog_box ;
-  dialog_box = NULL ;
-}
-
-void mk_dialog ( char *txt )
-{
-  dialog_box = new puDialogBox ( 150, 50 ) ;
-  {
-    new puFrame ( 0, 0, 400, 100 ) ;
-    dialog_box_message   = new puText         ( 10, 70 ) ;
-    dialog_box_message   -> setLabel          ( txt ) ;
-    dialog_box_ok_button = new puOneShot      ( 180, 10, 240, 50 ) ;
-    dialog_box_ok_button -> setLegend         ( "OK" ) ;
-    dialog_box_ok_button -> makeReturnDefault ( TRUE ) ;
-    dialog_box_ok_button -> setCallback       ( go_away_cb ) ;
-  }
-  dialog_box -> close  () ;
-  dialog_box -> reveal () ;
-}
-
-void ni_cb ( puObject * )
-{
-  mk_dialog ( "Sorry, that function isn't implemented" ) ;
-}
-
-void about_cb ( puObject * )
-{
-  mk_dialog ( "This is the PUI 'complex' program" ) ;
-}
-
-void help_cb ( puObject * )
-{
-  mk_dialog ( "Sorry, no help is available for this demo" ) ;
-}
-
-void edit_cb ( puObject * )
-{
-}
-
-void exit_cb ( puObject * )
-{
-  fprintf ( stderr, "Exiting PUI demo program.\n" ) ;
-  exit ( 1 ) ;
-}
-
-/* Menu bar entries: */
-
-char      *file_submenu    [] = {  "Exit", "Close", "--------", "Print", "--------", "Save", "New", NULL } ;
-puCallback file_submenu_cb [] = { exit_cb, exit_cb,       NULL, ni_cb  ,       NULL,  ni_cb, ni_cb, NULL } ;
-
-char      *edit_submenu    [] = { "Edit text", NULL } ;
-puCallback edit_submenu_cb [] = {     edit_cb, NULL } ;
-
-char      *help_submenu    [] = { "About...",  "Help", NULL } ;
-puCallback help_submenu_cb [] = {   about_cb, help_cb, NULL } ;
-
-
-void sliderCB( puObject *sliderObj)
-{
-  glutPostRedisplay();
-}
-
-int main ( int argc, char **argv )
-{
-  firsttime = TRUE;
-
-#ifdef VOODOO
-  glutInitWindowPosition(   0,   0 ) ;
-#endif
-  glutInitWindowSize    ( 640, 480 ) ;
-  glutInit              ( &argc, argv ) ;
-  glutInitDisplayMode   ( GLUT_RGB | GLUT_DOUBLE | GLUT_DEPTH ) ;
-  glutCreateWindow      ( "Complex PUI Application"  ) ;
-  glutDisplayFunc       ( displayfn ) ;
-  glutKeyboardFunc      ( keyfn     ) ;
-  glutSpecialFunc       ( specialfn ) ;
-  glutMouseFunc         ( mousefn   ) ;
-  glutMotionFunc        ( motionfn  ) ;
-  glutPassiveMotionFunc ( motionfn  ) ;
-  glutIdleFunc          ( displayfn ) ;
-
-  puInit () ;
-
-#ifdef VOODOO
-  puShowCursor () ;
-#endif
-
-  puSetDefaultStyle        ( PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED ) ;
-  puSetDefaultColourScheme ( 0.8, 0.8, 0.8 ) ;
-
-  timer_text = new puText ( 300, 10 ) ;
-  timer_text -> setColour ( PUCOL_LABEL, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 ) ;
-
-  /* Make a button to hide the menu bar */
-
-  hide_menu_button = new puButton     ( 10, 10, 150, 50 ) ;
-  hide_menu_button->setValue          (    TRUE      ) ;
-  hide_menu_button->setLegend         ( "Hide Menu"  ) ;
-  hide_menu_button->setCallback       ( hide_menu_cb ) ;
-  hide_menu_button->makeReturnDefault (    TRUE      ) ;
-
-  /* Make the menu bar */
-
-  main_menu_bar = new puMenuBar () ;
-  {
-    main_menu_bar -> add_submenu ( "File", file_submenu, file_submenu_cb ) ;
-    main_menu_bar -> add_submenu ( "Edit", edit_submenu, edit_submenu_cb ) ;
-    main_menu_bar -> add_submenu ( "Help", help_submenu, help_submenu_cb ) ;
-  }
-  main_menu_bar -> close () ; 
-
-  rspeedSlider = new puSlider (20,80,150,TRUE);
-  rspeedSlider->setDelta(0.1);
-  rspeedSlider->setCBMode( PUSLIDER_DELTA );
-  rspeedSlider->setCallback(sliderCB);
-
-  glutMainLoop () ;
-  return 0 ;
-}
-
-

PUI/pu.cxx

@@ -1,332 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-#ifdef PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <iostream.h>
-#endif
-
-#define PU_STRING_X_FUDGE 6
-#define PU_STRING_Y_FUDGE 6
-
-int puRefresh = TRUE ;
-
-#ifdef PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-
-static int puWindowWidth  = 400 ;
-static int puWindowHeight = 400 ;
-
-int puGetWindowHeight () { return puWindowHeight ; }
-int puGetWindowWidth  () { return puWindowWidth  ; }
-
-void puSetWindowSize ( int width, int height )
-{
-  puWindowWidth  = width  ;
-  puWindowHeight = height ;
-}
-
-static int fontBase = 0;
-static int fontSize[257];
-#else
-
-int puGetWindowHeight () { return glutGet ( (GLenum) GLUT_WINDOW_HEIGHT ) ; }
-int puGetWindowWidth  () { return glutGet ( (GLenum) GLUT_WINDOW_WIDTH  ) ; }
-
-void puSetWindowSize ( int width, int height )
-{
-  fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: puSetWindowSize shouldn't be used with GLUT.\n" ) ;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-puColour _puDefaultColourTable[] =
-{
-  { 0.5f, 0.5f, 0.5f, 1.0f }, /* PUCOL_FOREGROUND */
-  { 0.3f, 0.3f, 0.3f, 1.0f }, /* PUCOL_BACKGROUND */
-  { 0.7f, 0.7f, 0.7f, 1.0f }, /* PUCOL_HIGHLIGHT  */
-  { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f }, /* PUCOL_LABEL      */
-  { 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f }, /* PUCOL_TEXT       */
-
-  { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f }  /* ILLEGAL */
-} ;
- 
-
-puValue::~puValue () {}  
-
-static int _puCursor_enable = FALSE ;
-static int _puCursor_x      = 0 ;
-static int _puCursor_y      = 0 ;
-static float _puCursor_bgcolour [4] = { 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f } ; 
-static float _puCursor_fgcolour [4] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f } ;  
-
-void   puHideCursor ( void ) { _puCursor_enable = FALSE ; }
-void   puShowCursor ( void ) { _puCursor_enable = TRUE  ; }
-int    puCursorIsHidden ( void ) { return ! _puCursor_enable ; }
-
-void puCursor ( int x, int y )
-{
-  _puCursor_x = x ;
-  _puCursor_y = y ;
-}
-
-int puGetStringDescender ( void *fnt )
-{
-  if ( fnt == NULL )
-    fnt = PUFONT_9_BY_15 ;
-
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_8_BY_13        ) return 2 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_9_BY_15        ) return 3 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_TIMES_ROMAN_10 ) return 2 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_TIMES_ROMAN_24 ) return 5 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_HELVETICA_10   ) return 2 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_HELVETICA_12   ) return 3 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_HELVETICA_18   ) return 4 ;
-
-  return 0 ;
-}
-
-int puGetStringHeight ( void *fnt )
-{
-  /* Height *excluding* descender */
-  if ( fnt == NULL )
-    fnt = PUFONT_9_BY_15 ;
-
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_8_BY_13        ) return  9 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_9_BY_15        ) return 10 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_TIMES_ROMAN_10 ) return  7 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_TIMES_ROMAN_24 ) return 17 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_HELVETICA_10   ) return  8 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_HELVETICA_12   ) return  9 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_HELVETICA_18   ) return 14 ;
-
-  return 0 ;
-}
-
-int puGetStringWidth ( void *fnt, char *str )
-{
-
-  if ( str == NULL )
-    return 0 ;
-
-  int res = 0 ;
-
-#ifdef PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-  while ( *str != '\0' )
-  {
-    res += fontSize [ *str ] ;
-    str++ ;
-  }
-#else
-  if ( fnt == NULL )
-    fnt = PUFONT_9_BY_15 ;
-
-  while ( *str != '\0' )
-  {
-    res += glutBitmapWidth ( fnt, *str ) ;
-    str++ ;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return res ;
-}
-
-
-void puDrawString ( void *fnt, char *str, int x, int y )
-{
-  if ( str == NULL )
-    return ;
-
-  glRasterPos2f((float)x, (float)y); 
-
-#ifdef PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-  /*
-    Display a string: 
-       indicate start of glyph display lists 
-  */
-
-  glListBase (fontBase);
-
-  /* Now draw the characters in a string */
-
-  int len = strlen(str);
-  glCallLists(len, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, str); 
-  glListBase(0);
-#else
-  if ( fnt == NULL )
-    fnt = PUFONT_9_BY_15 ;
-
-  while ( *str != '\0' )
-  {
-    glutBitmapCharacter ( fnt, *str ) ;
-    str++ ;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-
-static void puDrawCursor ( int x, int y )
-{
-  glColor4fv ( _puCursor_bgcolour ) ;  
-
-  glBegin    ( GL_TRIANGLES ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x, y ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x + 13, y -  4 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x +  4, y - 13 ) ;
-
-  glVertex2i ( x +  8, y -  3 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x + 17, y - 12 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x + 12, y - 17 ) ;
-
-  glVertex2i ( x + 12, y - 17 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x +  3, y -  8 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x +  8, y -  3 ) ;
-  glEnd      () ;
-
-  glColor4fv ( _puCursor_fgcolour ) ;  
-
-  glBegin    ( GL_TRIANGLES ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x+1, y-1 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x + 11, y -  4 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x +  4, y - 11 ) ;
-
-  glVertex2i ( x +  8, y -  5 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x + 15, y - 12 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x + 12, y - 15 ) ;
-
-  glVertex2i ( x + 12, y - 15 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x +  5, y -  8 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x +  8, y -  5 ) ;
-  glEnd      () ;
-}
-
-void  puInit ( void )
-{
-  static int firsttime = TRUE ;
-
-  if ( firsttime )
-  {
-    puInterface *base_interface = new puInterface ( 0, 0 ) ;
-    puPushInterface     ( base_interface ) ;
-    puPushLiveInterface ( base_interface ) ;
-    firsttime = FALSE ;
-#ifdef PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-
-    /* Create bitmaps for the device context font's first 256 glyphs */
-
-    fontBase = glGenLists(256);
-    assert(fontBase);
-    HDC hdc = wglGetCurrentDC();
-
-    /* Make the system font the device context's selected font */
-
-    SelectObject (hdc, GetStockObject (SYSTEM_FONT)); 
-
-    int *tempSize = &fontSize[1];
-
-    if ( ! GetCharWidth32 ( hdc, 1, 255, tempSize ) &&
-         ! GetCharWidth   ( hdc, 1, 255, tempSize ) )
-    {
-      LPVOID lpMsgBuf ;
-
-      FormatMessage ( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
-	              FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM,
-	              NULL,
-	              GetLastError(),
-	              MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT),
-	              (LPTSTR) &lpMsgBuf,
-	              0, NULL ) ;
-
-      fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: Error: %s\n", (char *)lpMsgBuf ) ;
-      LocalFree ( lpMsgBuf ) ;
-    }
-
-    wglUseFontBitmaps ( hdc, 0, 256, fontBase ) ;
-#endif
-  }
-}
-
-static void puSetOpenGLState ( void )
-{
-  int w = puGetWindowWidth  () ;
-  int h = puGetWindowHeight () ;
-
-  glPushAttrib   ( GL_ENABLE_BIT | GL_VIEWPORT_BIT | GL_TRANSFORM_BIT ) ;
-  glDisable      ( GL_LIGHTING   ) ;
-  glDisable      ( GL_FOG        ) ;
-  glDisable      ( GL_TEXTURE_2D ) ;
-  glDisable      ( GL_DEPTH_TEST ) ;
-  glDisable      ( GL_CULL_FACE  ) ;
- 
-  glViewport     ( 0, 0, w, h ) ;
-  glMatrixMode   ( GL_PROJECTION ) ;
-  glPushMatrix   () ;
-  glLoadIdentity () ;
-  gluOrtho2D     ( 0, w, 0, h ) ;
-  glMatrixMode   ( GL_MODELVIEW ) ;
-  glPushMatrix   () ;
-  glLoadIdentity () ;
-}
-
-static void puRestoreOpenGLState ( void )
-{
-  glMatrixMode   ( GL_PROJECTION ) ;
-  glPopMatrix    () ;
-  glMatrixMode   ( GL_MODELVIEW ) ;
-  glPopMatrix    () ;
-  glPopAttrib    () ;
-}
-
-
-void  puDisplay ( void )
-{
-  puSetOpenGLState () ;
-  puGetUltimateLiveInterface () -> draw ( 0, 0 ) ;
-
-  int h = puGetWindowHeight () ;
-
-  if ( _puCursor_enable )
-    puDrawCursor ( _puCursor_x,
-                   h - _puCursor_y ) ;
-
-  puRestoreOpenGLState () ;
-}
-
-int puKeyboard ( int key, int updown )
-{
-  return puGetBaseLiveInterface () -> checkKey ( key, updown ) ;
-}
-
-
-static int last_buttons = 0 ;
-int puMouse ( int button, int updown, int x, int y )
-{
-  puCursor ( x, y ) ;
-
-  int h = puGetWindowHeight () ;
-
-  if ( updown == PU_DOWN )
-    last_buttons |=  ( 1 << button ) ;
-  else
-    last_buttons &= ~( 1 << button ) ;
-
-  return puGetBaseLiveInterface () -> checkHit ( button, updown, x,
-                                 h - y ) ;
-}
-
-int puMouse ( int x, int y )
-{
-  puCursor ( x, y ) ;
-
-  if ( last_buttons == 0 )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  int button = (last_buttons & (1<<PU_LEFT_BUTTON  )) ?  PU_LEFT_BUTTON   :
-               (last_buttons & (1<<PU_MIDDLE_BUTTON)) ?  PU_MIDDLE_BUTTON :
-               (last_buttons & (1<<PU_RIGHT_BUTTON )) ?  PU_RIGHT_BUTTON  : 0 ;
-
-  int h = puGetWindowHeight () ;
-
-  return puGetBaseLiveInterface () -> checkHit ( button, PU_DRAG, x,
-                                 h - y ) ;
-}
-

PUI/pu.h

@@ -1,805 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _PU_H_
-#define _PU_H_
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_WINDOWS_H
-#  include <windows.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifdef PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-#include <windows.h>
-#include <GL/gl.h>
-#include <GL/glu.h>
-#else
-#include <GL/glut.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TRUE
-#define TRUE  1
-#define FALSE 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-  Webster's Dictionary (for American English) permits
-  Color or Colour as acceptable spellings - but
-  The Oxford English Dictionary (for English) only
-  permits Colour.
-
-  Hence, the logical thing to do is to use 'colour',
-  which *ought* to be acceptable on both sides of
-  the atlantic.
-
-  However, as a concession to the illogical:
-*/
-
-#define setColorScheme          setColourScheme
-#define setColor                setColour
-#define getColor                getColour
-#define puColor                 puColour
-#define puSetColor              puSetColour
-#define puSetDefaultColorScheme puSetDefaultColourScheme
-#define puGetDefaultColorScheme puGetDefaultColourScheme
-
-
-typedef void *puFont ;
-
-#ifdef PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-#define PU_LEFT_BUTTON		0
-#define PU_LEFT_BUTTON		0
-#define PU_MIDDLE_BUTTON	1
-#define PU_RIGHT_BUTTON		2
-#define PU_DOWN			0
-#define PU_UP		        1
-
-#define PUFONT_8_BY_13        ((void*)3)
-#define PUFONT_9_BY_15        ((void*)2)
-#define PUFONT_TIMES_ROMAN_10 ((void*)4)
-#define PUFONT_TIMES_ROMAN_24 ((void*)5)
-#define PUFONT_HELVETICA_10   ((void*)6)
-#define PUFONT_HELVETICA_12   ((void*)7)
-#define PUFONT_HELVETICA_18   ((void*)8)
-
-#else
-
-#define PUFONT_8_BY_13        GLUT_BITMAP_8_BY_13
-#define PUFONT_9_BY_15        GLUT_BITMAP_9_BY_15
-#define PUFONT_TIMES_ROMAN_10 GLUT_BITMAP_TIMES_ROMAN_10
-#define PUFONT_TIMES_ROMAN_24 GLUT_BITMAP_TIMES_ROMAN_24
-#define PUFONT_HELVETICA_10   GLUT_BITMAP_HELVETICA_10
-#define PUFONT_HELVETICA_12   GLUT_BITMAP_HELVETICA_12
-#define PUFONT_HELVETICA_18   GLUT_BITMAP_HELVETICA_18
-
-#define PU_LEFT_BUTTON      GLUT_LEFT_BUTTON
-#define PU_MIDDLE_BUTTON    GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON
-#define PU_RIGHT_BUTTON     GLUT_RIGHT_BUTTON
-#define PU_DOWN             GLUT_DOWN
-#define PU_UP               GLUT_UP
-#endif	// PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-
-#define PU_UP_AND_DOWN   254
-#define PU_DRAG          255
-#define PU_CONTINUAL     PU_DRAG
-
-#define PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET  256
-
-#ifdef PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-#define PU_KEY_F1        (1		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F2        (2		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F3        (3		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F4        (4	    + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F5        (5		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F6        (6		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F7        (7		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F8        (8		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F9        (9		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F10       (10		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F11       (11		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F12       (12		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_LEFT      (100		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_UP        (101		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_RIGHT     (102		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_DOWN      (103		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_PAGE_UP   (104		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_PAGE_DOWN (105		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_HOME      (106		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_END       (107		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_INSERT    (108		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-
-#else
-#define PU_KEY_F1        (GLUT_KEY_F1        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F2        (GLUT_KEY_F2        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F3        (GLUT_KEY_F3        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F4        (GLUT_KEY_F4        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F5        (GLUT_KEY_F5        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F6        (GLUT_KEY_F6        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F7        (GLUT_KEY_F7        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F8        (GLUT_KEY_F8        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F9        (GLUT_KEY_F9        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F10       (GLUT_KEY_F10       + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F11       (GLUT_KEY_F11       + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F12       (GLUT_KEY_F12       + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_LEFT      (GLUT_KEY_LEFT      + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_UP        (GLUT_KEY_UP        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_RIGHT     (GLUT_KEY_RIGHT     + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_DOWN      (GLUT_KEY_DOWN      + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_PAGE_UP   (GLUT_KEY_PAGE_UP   + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_PAGE_DOWN (GLUT_KEY_PAGE_DOWN + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_HOME      (GLUT_KEY_HOME      + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_END       (GLUT_KEY_END       + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_INSERT    (GLUT_KEY_INSERT    + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#endif	// PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-
-#define PUPLACE_DEFAULT  PUPLACE_RIGHT
-#define PUPLACE_ABOVE    0
-#define PUPLACE_BELOW    1
-#define PUPLACE_LEFT     2
-#define PUPLACE_RIGHT    3
-
-#define PUCOL_FOREGROUND 0
-#define PUCOL_BACKGROUND 1
-#define PUCOL_HIGHLIGHT  2
-#define PUCOL_LABEL      3
-#define PUCOL_LEGEND     4
-#define PUCOL_MAX        5
-
-#define PUSLIDER_CLICK   0
-#define PUSLIDER_ALWAYS  1
-#define PUSLIDER_DELTA   2
-
-/* These styles may be negated to get 'highlighted' graphics */
-
-#define PUSTYLE_DEFAULT    PUSTYLE_SHADED
-#define PUSTYLE_NONE       0
-#define PUSTYLE_PLAIN      1
-#define PUSTYLE_BEVELLED   2
-#define PUSTYLE_BOXED      3
-#define PUSTYLE_DROPSHADOW 4
-#define PUSTYLE_SPECIAL_UNDERLINED 5
-#define PUSTYLE_SMALL_BEVELLED     6
-#define PUSTYLE_RADIO      7
-#define PUSTYLE_SHADED     8
-#define PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED   9
-#define PUSTYLE_MAX        10
-
-/* These are the gaps that we try to leave around text objects */
-
-#define PUSTR_TGAP   5
-#define PUSTR_BGAP   5
-#define PUSTR_LGAP   5
-#define PUSTR_RGAP   5
-#define PUSTR_MAX_HEIGHT  ( 25 + PUSTR_TGAP + PUSTR_BGAP )
-
-#define PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE 16
-
-extern int puRefresh ;
-
-#define PUCLASS_VALUE            0x00000001
-#define PUCLASS_OBJECT           0x00000002
-#define PUCLASS_INTERFACE        0x00000004
-#define PUCLASS_FRAME            0x00000008
-#define PUCLASS_TEXT             0x00000010
-#define PUCLASS_BUTTON           0x00000020
-#define PUCLASS_ONESHOT          0x00000040
-#define PUCLASS_POPUP            0x00000080
-#define PUCLASS_POPUPMENU        0x00000100
-#define PUCLASS_MENUBAR          0x00000200
-#define PUCLASS_INPUT            0x00000400
-#define PUCLASS_BUTTONBOX        0x00000800
-#define PUCLASS_SLIDER           0x00001000
-#define PUCLASS_DIALOGBOX        0x00002000
-
-/* This function is not required for GLUT programs */
-void puSetWindowSize ( int width, int height ) ;
-
-int  puGetWindowHeight () ;
-int  puGetWindowWidth  () ;
-
-class puValue            ;
-class puObject           ;
-class puInterface        ;
-class puButtonBox        ;
-class puFrame            ;
-class puText             ;
-class puButton           ;
-class puOneShot          ;
-class puPopup            ;
-class puPopupMenu        ;
-class puMenuBar          ;
-class puInput            ;
-class puSlider           ;
-
-typedef float puColour [ 4 ] ;  /* RGBA */
-
-struct puBox
-{
-  int min [ 2 ] ;
-  int max [ 2 ] ;
-
-  void draw   ( int dx, int dy, int style, puColour colour[], int am_default ) ;
-  void extend ( puBox *bx ) ;
-
-  void empty   ( void ) { min[0]=min[1]=1000000 ; max[0]=max[1]=-1000000 ; }
-  int  isEmpty ( void ) { return min[0]>max[0] || min[1]>max[1] ; }
-} ;
-
-#define PUSTRING_MAX 80
-
-/* If you change - or add to these, be sure to change _puDefaultColourTable */
-
-extern puColour _puDefaultColourTable[] ;
-
-
-inline void puSetColour ( puColour dst, puColour src )
-{
-  dst[0] = src[0] ; dst[1] = src[1] ; dst[2] = src[2] ; dst[3] = src[3] ;
-}
-
-inline void puSetColour ( puColour c, float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f )
-{
-  c [ 0 ] = r ; c [ 1 ] = g ; c [ 2 ] = b ; c [ 3 ] = a ;
-}
-
-
-void  puInit           ( void ) ;
-void  puDisplay        ( void ) ;
-int   puMouse          ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-int   puMouse          ( int x, int y ) ;
-int   puKeyboard       ( int key, int updown ) ;
-void  puHideCursor     ( void ) ;
-void  puShowCursor     ( void ) ;
-int   puCursorIsHidden ( void ) ;
-
-void puDrawString         ( puFont fnt, char *str, int x, int y ) ;
-int  puGetStringWidth     ( puFont fnt, char *str ) ;
-int  puGetStringHeight    ( puFont fnt = NULL ) ;
-int  puGetStringDescender ( puFont fnt = NULL ) ;
-
-class puValue
-{
-protected:
-  int   type    ;
-  int   integer ;
-  float floater ;
-  char  string  [ PUSTRING_MAX ] ;
-public:
-  puValue () { type = PUCLASS_VALUE ; clrValue () ; }
-
-  virtual ~puValue () ;
-
-  int  getType ( void ) { return type ; }
-  char *getTypeString ( void ) ;
-  void clrValue ( void ) { setValue ( "" ) ; }
-
-  void setValue ( puValue *pv )
-  {
-    integer = pv -> integer ;
-    floater = pv -> floater ;
-    strcpy ( string, pv -> string ) ;
-    puRefresh = TRUE ;
-  }
-
-  void setValue ( int   i ) { integer = i ; floater = (float) i ; sprintf ( string, "%d", i ) ; puRefresh = TRUE ; }
-  void setValue ( float f ) { integer = (int) f ; floater = f ; sprintf ( string, "%g", f ) ; puRefresh = TRUE ; }
-  void setValue ( char *s ) { 
-                              if ( s == NULL || s[0] == '\0' )
-                              {
-                                integer = 0 ;
-                                floater = 0.0f ;
-                                s = "" ;
-                              }
-                              else
-                              {
-                                integer = atoi(s) ;
-                                floater = (float)atof(s) ;
-
-                                if ( string != s ) strcpy ( string, s ) ;
-                              }
-                              puRefresh = TRUE ;
-                            }
-
-  void getValue ( int   *i ) { *i = integer ; }
-  void getValue ( float *f ) { *f = floater ; }
-  void getValue ( char **s ) { *s = string  ; }
-  void getValue ( char  *s ) { strcpy ( s, string ) ; }
-
-  int  getValue ( void ) { return integer ; }
-} ;
-
-typedef void (*puCallback)(class puObject *) ;
-
-void puSetDefaultStyle ( int  style ) ;
-int  puGetDefaultStyle ( void ) ;
-void puSetDefaultFonts ( puFont  legendFont, puFont  labelFont ) ;
-void puGetDefaultFonts ( puFont *legendFont, puFont *labelFont ) ;
-void puSetDefaultColourScheme ( float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0 ) ;
-void puGetDefaultColourScheme ( float *r, float *g, float *b, float *a = NULL );
-
-class puObject : public puValue
-{
-protected:
-  puValue default_value ;
-
-  puBox bbox ;   /* Bounding box of entire Object */
-  puBox abox ;   /* Active (clickable) area */
-  puColour colour [ PUCOL_MAX ] ;
-  puInterface *parent ;
-
-  int active_mouse_edge ; /* is it PU_UP or PU_DOWN (or both) that activates this? */
-  int style       ;
-  int visible     ;
-  int active      ;
-  int highlighted ;
-  int am_default  ;
-
-  char *label  ; puFont  labelFont ; int labelPlace ;
-  char *legend ; puFont legendFont ;
-
-  void *user_data ;
-  puCallback cb ;
-
-  virtual void draw_label  ( int dx, int dy ) ;
-  virtual int  isHit ( int x, int y ) { return isVisible() && isActive() &&
-                                               x >= abox.min[0] &&
-                                               x <= abox.max[0] &&
-                                               y >= abox.min[1] &&
-                                               y <= abox.max[1] ; }
-  virtual void doHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-
-public:
-   puObject ( int minx, int miny, int maxx, int maxy ) ;
-  ~puObject () ;
-
-  puObject *next ;
-  puObject *prev ;
- 
-  puBox *getBBox ( void ) { return & bbox ; }
-  puBox *getABox ( void ) { return & abox ; }
-
-  void setPosition ( int x, int y )
-  {
-    if ( abox.isEmpty() )
-    {
-      abox.max[0] = abox.min[0] = x ;
-      abox.max[1] = abox.min[1] = y ;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      abox.max[0] += x - abox.min[0] ;
-      abox.max[1] += y - abox.min[1] ;
-      abox.min[0]  = x ;
-      abox.min[1]  = y ;
-    }
-    recalc_bbox() ; puRefresh = TRUE ;
-  }
-
-  void setSize ( int w, int h )
-  {
-    abox.max[0] = abox.min[0] + w ;
-    abox.max[1] = abox.min[1] + h ;
-    recalc_bbox() ; puRefresh = TRUE ;
-  }
-
-  void getPosition ( int *x, int *y )
-  {
-    if ( abox . isEmpty () )
-    {
-      if ( x ) *x = 0 ;
-      if ( y ) *y = 0 ;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( x ) *x = abox.min[0] ;
-      if ( y ) *y = abox.min[1] ;
-    }
-  }
-
-  void getSize ( int *w, int *h )
-  {
-    if ( abox . isEmpty () )
-    {
-      if ( w ) *w = 0 ;
-      if ( h ) *h = 0 ;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( w ) *w = abox.max[0] - abox.min[0] ;
-      if ( h ) *h = abox.max[1] - abox.min[1] ;
-    }
-  }
-
-  virtual void recalc_bbox ( void ) ;
-  virtual int  checkHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-  virtual int  checkKey ( int key   , int updown ) ;
-  virtual void draw ( int dx, int dy ) = 0 ;
-
-  puInterface *getParent     ( void ) { return parent ; }
-  puObject    *getNextObject ( void ) { return next   ; }
-  puObject    *getPrevObject ( void ) { return prev   ; }
-
-  void       setCallback ( puCallback c ) { cb = c ;    }
-  puCallback getCallback ( void )               { return cb ; }
-  void       invokeCallback ( void ) { if ( cb ) (*cb)(this) ; }
-
-  void  makeReturnDefault ( int def ) { am_default = def ; }
-  int   isReturnDefault   ( void )          { return am_default ; }
-
-  void  setActiveDirn ( int e ) { active_mouse_edge = e ; }
-  int   getActiveDirn ( void ) { return active_mouse_edge ; }
-
-  void  setLegend ( char *l ) { legend = l ; recalc_bbox() ; puRefresh = TRUE ; }
-  char *getLegend ( void ) { return legend ; }
-
-  void  setLegendFont ( puFont f ) { legendFont = f ; recalc_bbox() ; puRefresh = TRUE ; }
-  puFont getLegendFont ( void ) { return legendFont ; }
-
-  void  setLabel ( char *l ) { label = l ; recalc_bbox() ; puRefresh = TRUE ; }
-  char *getLabel ( void ) { return label ; }
-
-  void  setLabelFont ( puFont f ) { labelFont = f ; recalc_bbox() ; puRefresh = TRUE ; }
-  puFont getLabelFont ( void ) { return labelFont ; }
-
-  void  setLabelPlace ( int lp ) { labelPlace = lp ; recalc_bbox() ; puRefresh = TRUE ; }
-  int   getLabelPlace ( void ) { return labelPlace ; }
-
-  void activate   ( void ) { if ( ! active  ) { active  = TRUE  ; puRefresh = TRUE ; } }
-  void greyOut    ( void ) { if (   active  ) { active  = FALSE ; puRefresh = TRUE ; } }
-  int  isActive   ( void ) { return active ; }
-
-  void highlight  ( void ) { if ( ! highlighted ) { highlighted = TRUE  ; puRefresh = TRUE ; } }
-  void lowlight   ( void ) { if (   highlighted ) { highlighted = FALSE ; puRefresh = TRUE ; } }
-  int isHighlighted( void ){ return highlighted ; }
-
-  void reveal     ( void ) { if ( ! visible ) { visible = TRUE  ; puRefresh = TRUE ; } }
-  void hide       ( void ) { if (   visible ) { visible = FALSE ; puRefresh = TRUE ; } }
-  int  isVisible  ( void ) { return visible ; }
-
-  void setStyle ( int which )
-  {
-    style = which ;
-    recalc_bbox () ;
-    puRefresh = TRUE ;
-  }
-
-  int  getStyle ( void ) { return style ; }
-
-  void setColourScheme ( float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f ) ;
-
-  void setColour ( int which, float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f )
-  {
-    puSetColour ( colour [ which ], r, g, b, a ) ;
-    puRefresh = TRUE ;
-  }
-
-  void getColour ( int which, float *r, float *g, float *b, float *a = NULL )
-  {
-    if ( r ) *r = colour[which][0] ;
-    if ( g ) *g = colour[which][1] ;
-    if ( b ) *b = colour[which][2] ;
-    if ( a ) *a = colour[which][3] ;
-  }
-
-  void  setUserData ( void *data ) { user_data = data ; }
-  void *getUserData ( void )             { return user_data ; }
-
-  void defaultValue ( void ) { setValue ( & default_value ) ; }
-
-  void setDefaultValue ( int    i ) { default_value . setValue ( i ) ; }
-  void setDefaultValue ( float  f ) { default_value . setValue ( f ) ; }
-  void setDefaultValue ( char  *s ) { default_value . setValue ( s ) ; }
-
-  void getDefaultValue ( int   *i ) { default_value . getValue ( i ) ; }
-  void getDefaultValue ( float *f ) { default_value . getValue ( f ) ; }
-  void getDefaultValue ( char **s ) { default_value . getValue ( s ) ; }
-  int  getDefaultValue ( void )    { return default_value . getValue () ; }
-} ;
-
-/*
-  The 'live' interface stack is used for clicking and rendering.
-*/
-
-void         puPushLiveInterface        ( puInterface *in ) ;
-void         puPopLiveInterface         ( void ) ;
-int          puNoLiveInterface          ( void ) ;
-puInterface *puGetBaseLiveInterface     ( void ) ;
-puInterface *puGetUltimateLiveInterface ( void ) ;
-
-/*
-  The regular interface stack is used for adding widgets
-*/
-
-void         puPushInterface        ( puInterface *in ) ;
-void         puPopInterface         ( void ) ;
-int          puNoInterface          ( void ) ;
-puInterface *puGetCurrInterface     ( void ) ;
-
-class puInterface : public puObject
-{
-protected:
-  int num_children ;
-  puObject *dlist ;
-
-  void doHit       ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-
-public:
-
-  puInterface ( int x, int y ) : puObject ( x, y, x, y )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_INTERFACE ;
-    dlist = NULL ;
-    num_children = 0 ;
-    puPushInterface ( this ) ;
-    puPushLiveInterface ( this ) ;
-  }
-
-  ~puInterface () ;
-
-  void recalc_bbox ( void ) ;
-  virtual void add    ( puObject *new_object ) ;
-  virtual void remove ( puObject *old_object ) ;
-
-  void draw        ( int dx, int dy ) ;
-  int  checkHit    ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-  int  checkKey    ( int key   , int updown ) ;
-
-  puObject *getFirstChild ( void ) { return dlist ; }
-  int getNumChildren ( void ) { return num_children ; }
-
-  virtual void close ( void )
-  {
-    if ( puGetCurrInterface () != this )
-      fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: puInterface::close() is mismatched!\n" ) ;
-    else
-      puPopInterface () ;
-  }
-} ;
-
-class puFrame : public puObject
-{
-protected:
-  virtual int  isHit ( int /* x */, int /* y */ ) { return FALSE ; }
-public:
-  void draw ( int dx, int dy ) ;
-  puFrame ( int minx, int miny, int maxx, int maxy ) :
-             puObject ( minx, miny, maxx, maxy )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_FRAME ;
-  }
-} ;
-
-
-class puText : public puObject
-{
-protected:
-  virtual int  isHit ( int /* x */, int /* y */ ) { return FALSE ; }
-public:
-  void draw ( int dx, int dy ) ;
-  puText ( int x, int y ) : puObject ( x, y, x, y )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_TEXT ;
-  }
-} ;
-
-
-class puButton : public puObject
-{
-protected:
-public:
-  void doHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-  void draw  ( int dx, int dy ) ;
-  puButton   ( int minx, int miny, char *l ) :
-                 puObject ( minx, miny,
-                            minx + puGetStringWidth  ( NULL, l ) + PUSTR_LGAP + PUSTR_RGAP,
-                            miny + puGetStringHeight () + puGetStringDescender () + PUSTR_TGAP + PUSTR_BGAP )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_BUTTON ;
-    setLegend ( l ) ;
-  }
-
-  puButton   ( int minx, int miny, int maxx, int maxy ) :
-                 puObject ( minx, miny, maxx, maxy )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_BUTTON ;
-  }
-} ;
-
-
-class puSlider : public puObject
-{
-protected:
-  int vert ;
-  float last_cb_value ;
-  float cb_delta ;
-  int   cb_mode ;
-  float slider_fraction ;
-public:
-  void doHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-  void draw  ( int dx, int dy ) ;
-  puSlider ( int minx, int miny, int sz, int vertical = FALSE ) :
-     puObject ( minx, miny, vertical ?
-                             ( minx + puGetStringWidth ( NULL, "W" ) +
-                                      PUSTR_LGAP + PUSTR_RGAP ) :
-                             ( minx + sz ),
-                            vertical ?
-                             ( miny + sz ) :
-                             ( miny + puGetStringHeight () +
-                                      puGetStringDescender () +
-                                      PUSTR_TGAP + PUSTR_BGAP )
-                           )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_SLIDER ;
-    slider_fraction = 0.1f ;
-    getValue ( & last_cb_value ) ;
-    vert = vertical ;
-    cb_delta = 0.1f ;
-    cb_mode = PUSLIDER_ALWAYS ;
-  }
-
-  void setCBMode ( int m ) { cb_mode = m ; }
-  float getCBMode ( void ) { return (float)cb_mode ; }
-
-  int  isVertical ( void ) { return vert ; }
-
-  void setDelta ( float f ) { cb_delta = (f<=0.0f) ? 0.1f : (f>=1.0f) ? 0.9f : f ; }
-  float getDelta ( void ) { return cb_delta ; }
-
-  void setSliderFraction ( float f ) { slider_fraction = (f<=0.0f) ? 0.1f : (f>=1.0f) ? 0.9f : f ; }
-  float getSliderFraction ( void ) { return slider_fraction ; }
-} ;
-
-
-
-class puOneShot : public puButton
-{
-protected:
-public:
-  void doHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-
-  puOneShot ( int minx, int miny, char *l ) : puButton   ( minx, miny, l )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_ONESHOT ;
-  }
-
-  puOneShot ( int minx, int miny, int maxx, int maxy ) :
-                 puButton ( minx, miny, maxx, maxy )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_ONESHOT ;
-  }
-} ;
-
-
-
-class puPopup : public puInterface
-{
-protected:
-public:
-  puPopup ( int x, int y ) : puInterface ( x, y )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_POPUP ;
-    hide () ;
-  }
-} ;
-
-class puPopupMenu : public puPopup
-{
-protected:
-public:
-  puPopupMenu ( int x, int y ) : puPopup ( x, y )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_POPUPMENU ;
-  }
-
-  puObject *add_item ( char *str, puCallback cb ) ;
-  int  checkHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-  int  checkKey ( int key   , int updown ) ;
-  void close ( void ) ;
-} ;
-
-class puMenuBar : public puInterface
-{
-protected:
-public:
-  puMenuBar ( int h = -1 ) :
-
-  puInterface ( 0, h < 0 ? puGetWindowHeight() -
-                      ( puGetStringHeight() + PUSTR_TGAP + PUSTR_BGAP ) : h )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_MENUBAR ;
-  }
-
-  void add_submenu ( char *str, char *items[], puCallback cb[] ) ;
-  void close ( void ) ;
-} ;
-
-
-class puInput : public puObject
-{
-  int accepting ;
-  int cursor_position ;
-  int select_start_position ;
-  int select_end_position ;
-
-  void normalize_cursors ( void ) ;
-
-public:
-  void draw     ( int dx, int dy ) ;
-  void doHit    ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-  int  checkKey ( int key, int updown ) ;
-
-  int  isAcceptingInput ( void ) { return accepting ; }
-  void rejectInput      ( void ) { accepting = FALSE ; }
-  void acceptInput      ( void ) { accepting = TRUE ;
-                             cursor_position = strlen ( string ) ;
-                             select_start_position = select_end_position = -1 ; }
-
-  int  getCursor ( void )        { return cursor_position ; }
-  void setCursor ( int c ) { cursor_position = c ; }
-
-  void setSelectRegion ( int s, int e )
-  {
-    select_start_position = s ;
-    select_end_position   = e ;
-  }
-
-  void getSelectRegion ( int *s, int *e )
-  {
-    if ( s ) *s = select_start_position ;
-    if ( e ) *e = select_end_position   ;
-  }
-
-  puInput ( int minx, int miny, int maxx, int maxy ) :
-             puObject ( minx, miny, maxx, maxy )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_INPUT ;
-
-    accepting = FALSE ;
-
-    cursor_position       =  0 ;
-    select_start_position = -1 ;
-    select_end_position   = -1 ;
-
-    setColourScheme ( 0.8f, 0.7f, 0.7f ) ; /* Yeukky Pink */
-  }
-} ;
-
-
-class puButtonBox : public puObject
-{
-protected:
-  int one_only ;
-  int num_kids ;
-  char **button_labels ;
-
-public:
-
-  puButtonBox ( int minx, int miny, int maxx, int maxy, 
-                char **labels, int one_button ) ;
-
-  int isOneButton ( void ) { return one_only ; }
-
-  int checkKey ( int key   , int updown ) ;
-  int checkHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-  void draw    ( int dx, int dy ) ;
-} ;
-
-
-
-class puDialogBox : public puPopup
-{
-protected:
-public:
-
-  puDialogBox ( int x, int y ) : puPopup ( x, y )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_DIALOGBOX ;
-  }
-} ;
-
-#endif
-

PUI/puBox.cxx

@@ -1,319 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-#define PU_BEVEL              5
-#define PU_SMALL_BEVEL        2
-#define PU_DFLT_OFFSET        8
-#define PU_BOX_WIDTH          2
-#define PU_DROPSHADOW_OFFSET  5
-
-void puBox::extend ( puBox *bx )
-{
-  if ( bx -> isEmpty () ) return ;
-
-  if ( min[0]>bx->min[0] ) min[0] = bx->min[0] ;
-  if ( min[1]>bx->min[1] ) min[1] = bx->min[1] ;
-  if ( max[0]<bx->max[0] ) max[0] = bx->max[0] ;
-  if ( max[1]<bx->max[1] ) max[1] = bx->max[1] ;
-}
- 
-
- 
-void puBox::draw ( int dx, int dy, int style, puColour colour[], int am_default  )
-{
-  int hi, mid, lo ;
-
-  /* Colour assignments */
-
-  switch ( style )
-  {
-    case  PUSTYLE_NONE       :
-      return ;
-
-    case  PUSTYLE_PLAIN      :
-    case  PUSTYLE_DROPSHADOW :
-      mid = PUCOL_FOREGROUND ;
-      lo  = PUCOL_BACKGROUND ;
-      break ;
-
-    case  PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED :
-    case  PUSTYLE_SHADED     :
-    case  PUSTYLE_SMALL_BEVELLED :
-    case  PUSTYLE_BEVELLED   :
-    case  PUSTYLE_BOXED      :
-    case  PUSTYLE_SPECIAL_UNDERLINED :
-      mid = PUCOL_FOREGROUND ;
-      hi  = PUCOL_HIGHLIGHT  ;
-      lo  = PUCOL_BACKGROUND ;
-      break ;
-
-    case  PUSTYLE_RADIO      :
-    case -PUSTYLE_RADIO      :
-      hi  = PUCOL_HIGHLIGHT  ;
-      lo  = PUCOL_BACKGROUND ;
-      break ;
-
-    case -PUSTYLE_PLAIN      :
-    case -PUSTYLE_DROPSHADOW :
-      mid = PUCOL_HIGHLIGHT  ;
-      lo  = PUCOL_BACKGROUND ;
-      break ;
-
-    case -PUSTYLE_SMALL_BEVELLED :
-    case -PUSTYLE_BEVELLED   :
-    case -PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED :
-    case -PUSTYLE_SHADED     :
-    case -PUSTYLE_BOXED      :
-    case -PUSTYLE_SPECIAL_UNDERLINED :
-      mid = PUCOL_FOREGROUND ;
-      hi  = PUCOL_BACKGROUND ;
-      lo  = PUCOL_HIGHLIGHT  ;
-      break ;
-
-    default :
-      fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: Unrecognised 'style' %d\n", style ) ;
-      return ;
-  }
-
-  switch ( abs(style) )
-  {
-    case  PUSTYLE_PLAIN      :
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ mid ] ) ;
-      glRecti ( dx + min[0], dy + min[1],
-		dx + max[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-      break ;
-
-    case  PUSTYLE_SMALL_BEVELLED   :
-    case  PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED     :
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ hi  ] ) ;
-      glBegin ( GL_QUAD_STRIP ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL, dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0], dy + min[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL, dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL, dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-      glEnd () ;
-	glColor4fv ( colour [ lo  ] ) ;
-      glBegin ( GL_QUAD_STRIP ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0], dy + min[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL, dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0], dy + min[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL, dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL, dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL ) ;
-      glEnd () ;
-
-      if ( abs(style) == PUSTYLE_SMALL_BEVELLED )
-      {
-        glColor4fv ( colour [ mid ] ) ;
-        glRecti ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL, dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL,
-		  dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL, dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL ) ;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-	glShadeModel(GL_SMOOTH);
-	glBegin(GL_POLYGON);
-	  glColor4fv( colour [ mid ] );
-	  glVertex2i( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL , dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL );
-	  if(style==PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED)
-	    glColor4f( colour [mid][0] + (colour[lo][0] - colour[mid][0])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][1] + (colour[lo][1] - colour[mid][1])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][2] + (colour[lo][2] - colour[mid][2])/2.0f,
-		       colour [lo][3] );
-	  else
-	    glColor4f( colour [mid][0] + (colour[hi][0] - colour[mid][0])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][1] + (colour[hi][1] - colour[mid][1])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][2] + (colour[hi][2] - colour[mid][2])/2.0f,
-		       colour [hi][3] );
-	  glVertex2i( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL , dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL );
-	  glColor4fv( colour [ mid ] );
-	  glVertex2i( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL , dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL );
-	  if(style==-PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED)
-	    glColor4f( colour [mid][0] + (colour[lo][0] - colour[mid][0])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][1] + (colour[lo][1] - colour[mid][1])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][2] + (colour[lo][2] - colour[mid][2])/2.0f,
-		       colour [lo][3] );
-	  else
-	    glColor4f( colour [mid][0] + (colour[hi][0] - colour[mid][0])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][1] + (colour[hi][1] - colour[mid][1])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][2] + (colour[hi][2] - colour[mid][2])/2.0f,
-		       colour [hi][3] );
-	  glVertex2i( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL , dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL );
-	glEnd();
-	glShadeModel(GL_FLAT);
-
-	if(style == -PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED)
-	{
-	  glColor4fv ( colour [ lo  ] ) ;
-	  glBegin ( GL_QUAD_STRIP ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL   , dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 , dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL   , dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 , dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL   , dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 , dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	  glEnd () ;
-	  glColor4fv ( colour [ hi  ] ) ;
-	  glBegin ( GL_QUAD_STRIP ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 , dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL   , dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 , dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL   , dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 , dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL   , dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL   ) ;
-	  glEnd () ;
-	}	
-      }
-      break ;
-
-    case  PUSTYLE_BEVELLED   :
-    case  PUSTYLE_SHADED     :
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ hi  ] ) ;
-      glBegin ( GL_QUAD_STRIP ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL, dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0], dy + min[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL, dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL, dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-      glEnd () ;
-	glColor4fv ( colour [ lo  ] ) ;
-      glBegin ( GL_QUAD_STRIP ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0], dy + min[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL, dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0], dy + min[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL, dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL, dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL ) ;
-      glEnd () ;
-
-      if ( abs(style) == PUSTYLE_BEVELLED )
-      {
-	glColor4fv ( colour [ mid ] ) ;
-	glRecti ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL, dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL,
-		  dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL, dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL ) ;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-	glShadeModel(GL_SMOOTH);
-	glBegin(GL_POLYGON);
-	  glColor4fv( colour [ mid ] );
-	  glVertex2i( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL , dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL );
-	  if(style==PUSTYLE_SHADED)
-	    glColor4f( colour [mid][0] + (colour[lo][0] - colour[mid][0])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][1] + (colour[lo][1] - colour[mid][1])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][2] + (colour[lo][2] - colour[mid][2])/2.0f,
-		       colour [lo][3] );
-	  else
-	    glColor4f( colour [mid][0] + (colour[hi][0] - colour[mid][0])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][1] + (colour[hi][1] - colour[mid][1])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][2] + (colour[hi][2] - colour[mid][2])/2.0f,
-		       colour [hi][3] );
-	  glVertex2i( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL , dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL );
-	  glColor4fv( colour [ mid ] );
-	  glVertex2i( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL , dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL );
-	  if(style==-PUSTYLE_SHADED)
-	    glColor4f( colour [mid][0] + (colour[lo][0] - colour[mid][0])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][1] + (colour[lo][1] - colour[mid][1])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][2] + (colour[lo][2] - colour[mid][2])/2.0f,
-		       colour [lo][3] );
-	  else
-	    glColor4f( colour [mid][0] + (colour[hi][0] - colour[mid][0])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][1] + (colour[hi][1] - colour[mid][1])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][2] + (colour[hi][2] - colour[mid][2])/2.0f,
-		       colour [hi][3] );
-	  glVertex2i( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL , dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL );
-	glEnd();
-	glShadeModel(GL_FLAT);
-
-	if(style == -PUSTYLE_SHADED)
-        {
-	  glColor4fv ( colour [ lo  ] ) ;
-	  glBegin ( GL_QUAD_STRIP ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL   , dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL/2 , dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL   , dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL/2 , dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL   , dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL/2 , dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	  glEnd () ;
-	  glColor4fv ( colour [ hi  ] ) ;
-	  glBegin ( GL_QUAD_STRIP ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL/2 , dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL   , dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL/2 , dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL   , dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL/2 , dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL   , dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL   ) ;
-	  glEnd () ;
-	}	
-      }	
-      break ;
-
-    case  PUSTYLE_BOXED      :
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ hi  ] ) ;
-      glRecti ( dx + min[0], dy + min[1],
-		dx + max[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ mid ] ) ;
-      glRecti ( dx + min[0]+PU_BOX_WIDTH, dy + min[1]+PU_BOX_WIDTH,
-		dx + max[0]-PU_BOX_WIDTH, dy + max[1]-PU_BOX_WIDTH ) ;
-      break ;
-
-    case  PUSTYLE_RADIO      :
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ lo  ] ) ;
-      glBegin ( GL_LINE_LOOP ) ;
-        glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE/2, dy + min[1]                          ) ;
-        glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE  , dy + min[1] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE/2 ) ;
-        glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE/2, dy + min[1] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE   ) ;
-        glVertex2i ( dx + min[0]                         , dy + min[1] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE/2 ) ;
-      glEnd () ;
-
-      if ( style < 0 )
-      {
-	glColor4fv ( colour [ hi  ] ) ;
-	glBegin ( GL_QUADS ) ;
-	  glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE/2, dy + min[1] + 2                      ) ;
-	  glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE-2, dy + min[1] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE/2 ) ;
-	  glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE/2, dy + min[1] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE-2 ) ;
-	  glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + 2                     , dy + min[1] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE/2 ) ;
-	glEnd () ;
-      }
-      break ;
-
-    case  PUSTYLE_SPECIAL_UNDERLINED :
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ hi  ] ) ;
-      glRecti ( dx + min[0], dy + min[1],
-		dx + max[0], dy + min[1]+2 ) ;
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ mid ] ) ;
-      glRecti ( dx + min[0], dy + min[1]+1,
-		dx + max[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-      break ;
-
-    case  PUSTYLE_DROPSHADOW :
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ lo  ] ) ;
-      glRecti ( dx + min[0] + PU_DROPSHADOW_OFFSET, dy + min[1] - PU_DROPSHADOW_OFFSET,
-		dx + max[0] + PU_DROPSHADOW_OFFSET, dy + max[1] - PU_DROPSHADOW_OFFSET ) ;
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ mid ] ) ;
-      glRecti ( dx + min[0], dy + min[1],
-		dx + max[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-      break ;
-  }
-
-  if ( am_default )
-  {
-    glColor4fv ( colour [ PUCOL_BACKGROUND ] ) ;
-    glLineStipple ( 1, 0xF0F0 ) ;
-    glEnable ( GL_LINE_STIPPLE ) ;
-    glBegin ( GL_LINE_LOOP ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_DFLT_OFFSET, dy + min[1] + PU_DFLT_OFFSET ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_DFLT_OFFSET, dy + max[1] - PU_DFLT_OFFSET ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_DFLT_OFFSET, dy + max[1] - PU_DFLT_OFFSET ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_DFLT_OFFSET, dy + min[1] + PU_DFLT_OFFSET ) ;
-    glEnd () ;
-    glDisable ( GL_LINE_STIPPLE ) ;
-  }
-}
-
-
-

PUI/puButton.cxx

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-void puButton::draw ( int dx, int dy )
-{
-  if ( !visible ) return ;
-
-  /* If button is pushed or highlighted - use inverse style for button itself */
-
-  int tempStyle;
-
-  if ( parent && ( ( parent->getType() & PUCLASS_POPUPMENU ) ||
-                   ( parent->getType() & PUCLASS_MENUBAR   ) ) )
-    tempStyle =  ( getValue() ^ highlighted ) ? PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED : style ;
-  else
-    tempStyle =  ( getValue() ^ highlighted ) ? -style : style ;
-
-  abox . draw ( dx, dy, tempStyle, colour, isReturnDefault() ) ;
-
-  /* If greyed out then halve the opacity when drawing the label and legend */
-
-  if ( active )
-    glColor4fv ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ] ) ;
-  else
-    glColor4f ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][0],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][1],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][2],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][3] / 2.0f ) ; /* 50% more transparent */
-
-  int xx = ( abox.max[0] - abox.min[0] - puGetStringWidth(legendFont,legend) ) / 2 ;
-  int yy = ( abox.max[1] - abox.min[1] - puGetStringHeight(legendFont) ) / 2 ;
-
-  puDrawString ( legendFont, legend,
-                  dx + abox.min[0] + xx,
-                  dy + abox.min[1] + yy ) ;
-
-  draw_label ( dx, dy ) ;
-}
-
-
-void puButton::doHit ( int button, int updown, int, int )
-{
-
-
-  if ( button == PU_LEFT_BUTTON )
-  {
-    if ( updown == active_mouse_edge || active_mouse_edge == PU_UP_AND_DOWN )
-    {
-      lowlight () ;
-      setValue ( (int) ! getValue () ) ;
-      invokeCallback () ;
-    }
-    else
-      highlight () ;
-  }
-  else
-    lowlight () ;
-}
-
-

PUI/puButtonBox.cxx

@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-puButtonBox::puButtonBox ( int minx, int miny, int maxx, int maxy,
-                char **labels, int one_button ) :
-                    puObject ( minx, miny, maxx, maxy )
-{
-  type |= PUCLASS_BUTTONBOX ;
-  one_only = one_button ;
-
-  button_labels = labels ;
-
-  for ( num_kids = 0 ; button_labels [ num_kids ] != NULL ; num_kids++ )
-    /* Count number of labels */ ;
-}
-
-
-int puButtonBox::checkKey ( int key, int updown )
-{
-  if ( updown == PU_UP ||
-       ! isReturnDefault() ||
-       ( key != '\r' && key != '\n' ) )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  int v = getValue () ;
-
-  if ( ! one_only )
-    v = ~v ;
-  else
-  if ( v++ > num_kids )
-    v = 0 ;
-
-  setValue ( v ) ;
-  invokeCallback() ;
-  return TRUE ;
-}
-
-
-int puButtonBox::checkHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y )
-{
-  if ( ! isHit ( x, y ) ||
-       ( updown != active_mouse_edge &&
-         active_mouse_edge != PU_UP_AND_DOWN ) )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  int i = num_kids - 1 - (( y - abox.min[1] - PUSTR_BGAP ) * num_kids ) /
-                          ( abox.max[1] - abox.min[1] - PUSTR_BGAP - PUSTR_TGAP ) ;
-
-  if ( i < 0 ) i = 0 ;
-  if ( i >= num_kids ) i = num_kids - 1 ;
-
-  if ( one_only )
-    setValue ( i ) ;
-  else
-    setValue ( getValue () ^ ( 1 << i ) ) ;
-
-  invokeCallback () ;
-  return TRUE ;
-}
-
-
-void puButtonBox::draw ( int dx, int dy )
-{
-  if ( !visible ) return ;
-
-  abox . draw ( dx, dy, style, colour, isReturnDefault() ) ;
-
-  for ( int i = 0 ; i < num_kids ; i++ )
-  {
-    puBox tbox ;
-
-    tbox . min [ 0 ] = abox.min [ 0 ] + PUSTR_LGAP + PUSTR_LGAP ;
-    tbox . min [ 1 ] = abox.min [ 1 ] + ((abox.max[1]-abox.min[1]-PUSTR_TGAP-PUSTR_BGAP)/num_kids) * (num_kids-1-i) ;
-    tbox . max [ 0 ] = tbox.min [ 0 ] ;
-    tbox . max [ 1 ] = tbox.min [ 1 ] ;
-
-    if (( one_only && i == getValue() ) ||
-        ( !one_only && ((1<<i) & getValue() ) != 0 ) ) 
-      tbox . draw ( dx, dy + PUSTR_BGAP + PUSTR_BGAP, -PUSTYLE_RADIO, colour, FALSE ) ;
-    else
-      tbox . draw ( dx, dy + PUSTR_BGAP + PUSTR_BGAP, PUSTYLE_RADIO, colour, FALSE ) ;
-
-    /* If greyed out then halve the opacity when drawing the label and legend */
-
-    if ( active )
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ] ) ;
-    else
-      glColor4f ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][0],
-                  colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][1],
-                  colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][2],
-                  colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][3] / 2.0f ) ; /* 50% more transparent */
-
-    puDrawString ( legendFont, button_labels[i],
-                   dx + tbox.min[0] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE + PUSTR_LGAP,
-                   dy + tbox.min[1] + puGetStringDescender(legendFont) + PUSTR_BGAP  + PUSTR_BGAP) ;
-  }
-
-  draw_label ( dx, dy ) ;
-}
-

PUI/puDialogBox.cxx

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-

PUI/puFrame.cxx

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-void puFrame::draw ( int dx, int dy )
-{
-  if ( !visible ) return ;
-
-  abox . draw ( dx, dy, style, colour, FALSE ) ;
-
-  /* If greyed out then halve the opacity when drawing the label and legend */
-
-  if ( active )
-    glColor4fv ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ] ) ;
-  else
-    glColor4f ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][0],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][1],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][2],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][3] / 2.0f ) ; /* 50% more transparent */
-
-  int xx = ( abox.max[0] - abox.min[0] - puGetStringWidth ( legendFont, legend ) ) / 2 ;
-
-  puDrawString ( legendFont, legend,
-                  dx + abox.min[0] + xx,
-                  dy + abox.min[1] + puGetStringDescender ( legendFont ) + PUSTR_BGAP ) ;
-
-  draw_label ( dx, dy ) ;
-}
-
-

PUI/puInput.cxx

@@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-void puInput::normalize_cursors ( void )
-{
-  char val [ PUSTRING_MAX ] ;
-  getValue ( val ) ;
-  int sl = strlen ( val ) ;
-
-  /* Clamp the positions to the limits of the text.  */
-
-  if ( cursor_position       <  0 ) cursor_position       =  0 ;
-  if ( select_start_position <  0 ) select_start_position =  0 ;
-  if ( select_end_position   <  0 ) select_end_position   =  0 ;
-  if ( cursor_position       > sl ) cursor_position       = sl ;
-  if ( select_start_position > sl ) select_start_position = sl ;
-  if ( select_end_position   > sl ) select_end_position   = sl ;
-
-  /* Swap the ends of the select window if they get crossed over */
-
-  if ( select_end_position < select_start_position )
-  {
-    int tmp = select_end_position ;     
-    select_end_position = select_start_position ;     
-    select_start_position = tmp ;
-  }
-}
-
-void puInput::draw ( int dx, int dy )
-{
-  normalize_cursors () ;
-
-  if ( !visible ) return ;
-
-  /* 3D Input boxes look nicest if they are always in inverse style. */
-
-  abox . draw ( dx, dy, ( (style==PUSTYLE_SMALL_BEVELLED ||
-                           style==PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED) ) ? -style :
-                        (accepting ? -style : style ), colour, FALSE ) ;
-
-  int xx = puGetStringWidth ( legendFont, " " ) ;
-  int yy = ( abox.max[1] - abox.min[1] - puGetStringHeight(legendFont) ) / 2 ;
-
-  if ( accepting )
-  {
-    char val [ PUSTRING_MAX ] ;
-    getValue ( val ) ;
-
-    /* Highlight the select area */
-
-    if ( select_end_position > 0 &&
-         select_end_position != select_start_position )    
-    {
-      val [ select_end_position ] = '\0' ;
-      int cpos2 = puGetStringWidth ( legendFont, val ) + xx + dx + abox.min[0] ;
-      val [ select_start_position ] = '\0' ;
-      int cpos1 = puGetStringWidth ( legendFont, val ) + xx + dx + abox.min[0] ;
-
-      glColor3f ( 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.7f ) ;
-      glRecti ( cpos1, dy + abox.min[1] + 6 ,
-                cpos2, dy + abox.max[1] - 6 ) ;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Draw the text */
-
-  {
-    /* If greyed out then halve the opacity when drawing the label and legend */
-
-    if ( active )
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ] ) ;
-    else
-      glColor4f ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][0],
-		  colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][1],
-		  colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][2],
-		  colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][3] / 2.0f ) ; /* 50% more transparent */
-
-    char val [ PUSTRING_MAX ] ;
-    getValue ( val ) ;
-
-    puDrawString ( legendFont, val,
-                  dx + abox.min[0] + xx,
-                  dy + abox.min[1] + yy ) ;
-
-    draw_label ( dx, dy ) ;
-  }
-
-  if ( accepting )
-  { 
-    char val [ PUSTRING_MAX ] ;
-    getValue ( val ) ;
-
-    /* Draw the 'I' bar cursor. */
-
-    if ( cursor_position >= 0 )
-    {
-      val [ cursor_position ] = '\0' ;
-
-      int cpos = puGetStringWidth ( legendFont, val ) + xx + dx + abox.min[0] ;
-
-      glColor3f ( 0.1f, 0.1f, 1.0f ) ;
-      glBegin   ( GL_LINES ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( cpos    , dy + abox.min[1] + 7 ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( cpos    , dy + abox.max[1] - 7 ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( cpos - 1, dy + abox.min[1] + 7 ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( cpos - 1, dy + abox.max[1] - 7 ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( cpos - 4, dy + abox.min[1] + 7 ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( cpos + 3, dy + abox.min[1] + 7 ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( cpos - 4, dy + abox.max[1] - 7 ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( cpos + 3, dy + abox.max[1] - 7 ) ;
-      glEnd      () ;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-
-void puInput::doHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int /* y */ )
-{
-  if ( button == PU_LEFT_BUTTON )
-  {
-    /* Most GUI's activate a button on button-UP not button-DOWN. */
-
-    if ( updown == active_mouse_edge || active_mouse_edge == PU_UP_AND_DOWN )
-    {
-      lowlight () ;
-
-      char *strval ;
-      getValue ( & strval ) ;
-      char *tmpval = new char [ strlen(strval) + 1 ] ;
-      strcpy ( tmpval, strval ) ;
-
-      int i = strlen ( tmpval ) ;
-
-      while ( x <= puGetStringWidth ( legendFont, tmpval ) + abox.min[0] &&
-              i >= 0 )
-        tmpval[--i] = '\0' ;
-    
-      accepting = TRUE ;
-      cursor_position = i ;
-      normalize_cursors () ;
-      invokeCallback () ;
-    }
-    else
-      highlight () ;
-  }
-  else
-    lowlight () ;
-}
-
-int puInput::checkKey ( int key, int updown )
-{
-  (updown,updown);
-
-  if ( ! isAcceptingInput() || ! isActive () || ! isVisible () )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  normalize_cursors () ;
-
-  char *p ;
-
-  switch ( key )
-  {
-    case PU_KEY_PAGE_UP   :
-    case PU_KEY_PAGE_DOWN :
-    case PU_KEY_INSERT    : return FALSE ; 
-
-    case PU_KEY_UP   :
-    case PU_KEY_DOWN :
-    case 0x1B /* ESC */ :
-    case '\t' :
-    case '\r' :
-    case '\n' : /* Carriage return/Line Feed/TAB  -- End of input */
-      rejectInput () ;
-      normalize_cursors () ;
-      invokeCallback () ;
-      break ;
-
-    case '\b' : /* Backspace */
-      if ( cursor_position > 0 ) 
-        for ( p = & string [ --cursor_position ] ; *p != '\0' ; p++ )
-          *p = *(p+1) ;
-      break ;
-
-    case 0x7F : /* DEL */
-      if ( select_start_position != select_end_position )
-      {
-        char *p1 = & string [ select_start_position ] ;
-        char *p2 = & string [ select_end_position   ] ;
-
-        while ( *p1 != '\0' )
-          *p1++ = *p2++ ;
-
-        select_end_position = select_start_position ;
-      }
-      else
-	for ( p = & string [ cursor_position ] ; *p != '\0' ; p++ )
-	  *p = *(p+1) ;
-      break ;
-
-    case 0x15 /* ^U */ : string [ 0 ] = '\0' ; break ;
-    case PU_KEY_HOME   : cursor_position = 0 ; break ;
-    case PU_KEY_END    : cursor_position = PUSTRING_MAX ; break ;
-    case PU_KEY_LEFT   : cursor_position-- ; break ;
-    case PU_KEY_RIGHT  : cursor_position++ ; break ;
-
-    default:
-      if ( key < ' ' || key > 127 ) return FALSE ;
-
-      if ( strlen ( string ) >= PUSTRING_MAX )
-        return FALSE ;
-
-      for ( p = & string [ strlen(string) ] ;
-               p != &string[cursor_position] ; p-- )
-        *(p+1) = *p ;
-
-      *p = key ;
-      cursor_position++ ;
-      break ;
-  }
-
-  setValue ( string ) ;
-  normalize_cursors () ;
-  return TRUE ;
-}
-
-

PUI/puInterface.cxx

@@ -1,268 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-#define PUSTACK_MAX 100
-
-static int currLiveInterface = -1 ;
-static puInterface *liveInterfaceStack [ PUSTACK_MAX ] ;
-static int currInterface = -1 ;
-static puInterface *interfaceStack [ PUSTACK_MAX ] ;
-
-void puPushLiveInterface ( puInterface *in )
-{
-  if ( currLiveInterface < PUSTACK_MAX )
-    liveInterfaceStack [ ++currLiveInterface ] = in ;
-  else
-    fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: Too many live puInterfaces open at once!\n" ) ;
-}
-
-void puPushInterface ( puInterface *in )
-{
-  if ( currInterface < PUSTACK_MAX )
-    interfaceStack [ ++currInterface ] = in ;
-  else
-    fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: Too many puInterfaces open at once!\n" ) ;
-}
-
-void  puPopLiveInterface ( void )
-{
-  if ( currLiveInterface > 0 )
-    --currLiveInterface ;
-  else 
-    fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: Live puInterface stack is empty!\n" ) ;
-}
-
-void  puPopInterface ( void )
-{
-  if ( currInterface > 0 )
-    --currInterface ;
-  else 
-    fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: puInterface stack is empty!\n" ) ;
-}
-
-int  puNoLiveInterface ( void )
-{
-  return currLiveInterface < 0 ;
-}
-
-int  puNoInterface ( void )
-{
-  return currInterface < 0 ;
-}
-
-puInterface *puGetUltimateLiveInterface ( void )
-{
-  if ( currLiveInterface < 0 )
-  {
-    fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: No Live Interface!\n" ) ;
-    return NULL ;
-  }
-
-  return liveInterfaceStack [ 0 ] ;
-}
-
-
-puInterface *puGetBaseLiveInterface ( void )
-{
-  if ( currLiveInterface < 0 )
-  {
-    fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: No Live Interface!\n" ) ;
-    return NULL ;
-  }
-
-  /*
-    Work down the interface stack until you
-    either get to the bottom or find a block
-    in the form of a puDialogBox.
-  */
-
-  for ( int i = currLiveInterface ; i > 0 ; i-- )
-    if ( liveInterfaceStack [ i ] -> getType () & PUCLASS_DIALOGBOX )
-      return liveInterfaceStack [ i ] ; 
-
-  return liveInterfaceStack [ 0 ] ;
-}
-
-puInterface *puGetCurrInterface ( void )
-{
-  if ( currInterface < 0 )
-  {
-    fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: No Interface!\n" ) ;
-    return NULL ;
-  }
-
-  return interfaceStack [ currInterface ] ;
-}
-
-void puInterface::remove ( puObject *obj )
-{
-  if ( dlist == NULL )
-    return ;
-
-  /* Are we the first object in the list */
-
-  if ( obj -> prev == NULL )
-    dlist = obj -> next ;
-  else
-    obj -> prev -> next = obj -> next ;
-
-  /* Are we the last object in the list */
-
-  if ( obj -> next != NULL )
-    obj -> next -> prev = obj -> prev ;
-
-  obj -> next = NULL ;
-  obj -> prev = NULL ;
-
-  num_children-- ;
-  recalc_bbox () ;
-}
-
-void puInterface::add ( puObject *new_obj )
-{
-  if ( dlist == NULL )
-  {
-    dlist = new_obj ;
-    new_obj -> next = NULL ;
-    new_obj -> prev = NULL ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    puObject *last ;
-
-    for ( last = dlist ; last->next != NULL ; last = last->next )
-      /* Search for end of list. */ ;
-
-    last -> next = new_obj ;
-    new_obj -> prev = last ;
-    new_obj -> next = NULL ;
-  }
-
-  num_children++ ;
-  recalc_bbox () ;
-}
-
-int puInterface::checkKey ( int key, int updown )
-{
-  if ( dlist == NULL || ! isVisible () || ! isActive () )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  puObject *bo ;
-
-  /*
-    We have to walk the list backwards to ensure that
-    the click order is the same as the DRAW order.
-  */
-
-  for ( bo = dlist ; bo->next != NULL ; bo = bo->next )
-    /* Find the last object in our list. */ ;
-
-  for ( ; bo != NULL ; bo = bo->prev )
-    if ( bo -> checkKey ( key, updown ) )
-      return TRUE ;
-
-  return FALSE ;
-}
-
-int puInterface::checkHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y )
-{
-  if ( dlist == NULL || ! isVisible () || ! isActive () )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  /*
-    This might be a bit redundant - but it's too hard to keep
-    track of changing abox sizes when daughter objects are
-    changing sizes.
-  */
-
-  recalc_bbox () ;
-
-  puObject *bo ;
-
-  x -= abox.min[0] ;
-  y -= abox.min[1] ;
-
-  /*
-    We have to walk the list backwards to ensure that
-    the click order is the same as the DRAW order.
-  */
-
-  for ( bo = dlist ; bo->next != NULL ; bo = bo->next )
-    /* Find the last object in our list. */ ;
-
-  for ( ; bo != NULL ; bo = bo->prev )
-    if ( bo -> checkHit ( button, updown, x, y ) )
-      return TRUE ;
-
-  return FALSE ;
-}
-
-
-void puInterface::draw ( int dx, int dy )
-{
-  if ( ! isVisible () )
-    return ;
-
-  for ( puObject *bo = dlist ; bo != NULL ; bo = bo->next )
-  {
-    /* June 16th, 98, Shammi :
-     * The next if statement checks if the object is
-     * a menu bar and makes sure it is repositioned
-     * correctly.
-     */
-
-    if ( bo->getType() & PUCLASS_MENUBAR )
-    {
-      int obWidth, obHeight ;
-      bo -> getSize ( &obWidth, &obHeight ) ;
-      bo -> setPosition ( 0, puGetWindowHeight() - obHeight ) ;
-    }
-
-    bo -> draw ( dx + abox.min[0], dy + abox.min[1] ) ;
-  }
-}
-
-
-void puInterface::recalc_bbox ( void ) 
-{
-  puBox contents ;
-  contents . empty () ;
-
-  for ( puObject *bo = dlist ; bo != NULL ; bo = bo->next )
-    contents . extend ( bo -> getBBox() ) ;
-
-  if ( contents . isEmpty () )
-  {
-    abox . max[0] = abox . min[0] ;
-    abox . max[1] = abox . min[1] ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    abox . max[0] = abox . min[0] + contents . max[0] ;
-    abox . max[1] = abox . min[1] + contents . max[1] ;
-  }
-
-  puObject::recalc_bbox () ;
-}
-
-
-void puInterface::doHit ( int, int, int, int )
-{
-}
-
-
-puInterface::~puInterface ()
-{
-    puPopLiveInterface () ;
-
-    puObject *bo = dlist ;
-
-    while ( bo != NULL ) {
-	puObject *tmp_bo = bo->next ;
-	delete bo ;
-	bo = tmp_bo ;
-    }
-}
-
-
-

PUI/puLocal.h

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#ifdef WIN32
-#include <windows.h>
-#else
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-#include <math.h>
-
-#ifndef PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-#include <GL/glut.h>
-#endif
-#include "pu.h"
-

PUI/puMenuBar.cxx

@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-void drop_down_the_menu ( puObject *b )
-{
-  puPopupMenu *p = (puPopupMenu *) b -> getUserData () ;
-
-  if ( b -> getValue () )
-    p->reveal () ;
-  else
-    p->hide () ;
-
-  for ( puObject *child = b -> getParent () -> getFirstChild () ;
-        child != NULL ; child = child -> next )
-  {
-    if (( child -> getType() & PUCLASS_BUTTON    ) != 0 && child != b ) child -> clrValue () ;
-    if (( child -> getType() & PUCLASS_POPUPMENU ) != 0 && child != p ) child -> hide     () ;
-  }
-}
-
-void puMenuBar::add_submenu ( char *str, char *items[], puCallback cb[] )
-{
-  int w, h ;
-  getSize ( &w, &h ) ;
-
-  puOneShot    *b = new puOneShot ( w+10, 0, str ) ;
-  b -> setStyle ( PUSTYLE_SPECIAL_UNDERLINED ) ;
-  b -> setColourScheme ( colour[PUCOL_FOREGROUND][0],
-                         colour[PUCOL_FOREGROUND][1],
-                         colour[PUCOL_FOREGROUND][2],
-                         colour[PUCOL_FOREGROUND][3] ) ;
-  b -> setCallback ( drop_down_the_menu ) ;
-  b -> setActiveDirn ( PU_UP_AND_DOWN ) ;
-
-  puPopupMenu *p = new puPopupMenu ( w+10, 0 ) ;
-
-  b -> setUserData ( p ) ;
-
-  for ( int i = 0 ; items[i] != NULL ; i++ )
-    p -> add_item ( items[i], cb[i] ) ;
-
-  p->close () ;
-  recalc_bbox () ;
-}
-
-void puMenuBar::close (void)
-{
-  puInterface::close () ;
-
-  if ( dlist == NULL )
-    return ;
-
-  int width = 0 ;
-  puObject *ob ;
-
-  /*
-    Use alternate objects - which gets the puOneShot/puPopupMenu pairs
-  */
-
-  for ( ob = dlist ; ob != NULL ; ob = ob -> next )
-  {
-    int w, h ;
-
-    /* Reposition the button so it looks nice */
-
-    ob -> getSize ( &w, &h ) ;
-    ob -> setPosition ( width, 0 ) ;
-    ob = ob -> next ;
-
-    /* Reposition the submenu so it sits under the button */
-
-    int w2, h2 ;
-    ob -> getSize ( &w2, &h2 ) ;
-    ob -> setPosition ( width, -h2 ) ;
-
-    /* Next please! */
-    width += w ;
-  }
-
-  recalc_bbox () ;
-}
-
-

PUI/puObject.cxx

@@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-inline float clamp01 ( float x )
-{
-  return (x >= 1.0f) ? 1.0f : x ;
-}
-
-static void load_colour_scheme ( float col[][4], float r, float g,
-                                                 float b, float a )
-{
-  puSetColour ( col [ PUCOL_FOREGROUND ], r, g, b, a ) ;
-  puSetColour ( col [ PUCOL_BACKGROUND ], r/2, g/2, b/2, a ) ;
-  puSetColour ( col [ PUCOL_HIGHLIGHT  ], clamp01(r*1.3f), clamp01(g*1.3f),
-                                             clamp01(b*1.3f), a ) ;
-
-  if ( 4 * g + 3 * r + b > 0.5 )
-    puSetColour ( col [ PUCOL_LEGEND ], 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, a ) ;
-  else
-    puSetColour ( col [ PUCOL_LEGEND ], 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, a ) ;
-}
-
-
-static int    defaultStyle = PUSTYLE_DEFAULT ;
-static puFont defaultLegendFont = NULL ;
-static puFont defaultLabelFont  = NULL ;
-static float  defaultColourScheme [ 4 ] ;
-
-void puSetDefaultStyle ( int  style ) { defaultStyle = style ; }
-int   puGetDefaultStyle ( void ) { return defaultStyle ; }
-
-void puSetDefaultFonts ( puFont legendFont, puFont labelFont )
-{
-  defaultLegendFont = legendFont ;
-  defaultLabelFont  = labelFont ;
-}
-
-void puGetDefaultFonts ( puFont *legendFont, puFont *labelFont )
-{
-  if ( legendFont ) *legendFont = defaultLegendFont ;
-  if ( labelFont  ) *labelFont  = defaultLabelFont  ;
-}
-
-void puSetDefaultColourScheme ( float r, float g, float b, float a )
-{
-  defaultColourScheme[0] = r ;
-  defaultColourScheme[1] = g ;
-  defaultColourScheme[2] = b ;
-  defaultColourScheme[3] = a ;
-  load_colour_scheme ( _puDefaultColourTable, r, g, b, a ) ;
-}
-
-void puGetDefaultColourScheme ( float *r, float *g, float *b, float *a )
-{
-  if ( r ) *r = defaultColourScheme[0] ;
-  if ( g ) *g = defaultColourScheme[1] ;
-  if ( b ) *b = defaultColourScheme[2] ;
-  if ( a ) *a = defaultColourScheme[3] ;
-}
-
-
-
-void puObject::setColourScheme ( float r, float g, float b, float a )
-{
-  load_colour_scheme ( colour, r, g, b, a ) ;
-}
-
-puObject::puObject ( int minx, int miny, int maxx, int maxy ) : puValue ()
-{
-  type |= PUCLASS_OBJECT ;
-  bbox.min[0] = abox.min[0] = minx ;
-  bbox.min[1] = abox.min[1] = miny ;
-  bbox.max[0] = abox.max[0] = maxx ;
-  bbox.max[1] = abox.max[1] = maxy ;
-
-  active_mouse_edge = PU_UP ;
-  style      = defaultStyle ;
-  visible = active  = TRUE  ;
-  highlighted       = FALSE ;
-  am_default        = FALSE ;
-
-  cb          = NULL ;
-  user_data   = NULL ;
-  next = prev = NULL ;
-  label       = NULL ;
-  labelPlace  = PUPLACE_DEFAULT   ;
-  labelFont   = defaultLabelFont  ;
-  legend      = NULL ;
-  legendFont  = defaultLegendFont ;
-
-  for ( int i = 0 ; i < PUCOL_MAX ; i++ )
-    puSetColour ( colour[i], _puDefaultColourTable[i] ) ;
-
-  if ( ! puNoInterface() )
-  {
-    parent = puGetCurrInterface() ;
-    parent -> add ( this ) ;
-  }
-  else
-    parent = NULL ;
-}
-
-
-puObject::~puObject ()
-{
-  if ( parent != this && parent != NULL )
-    parent -> remove ( this ) ;
-}
-
-void puObject::recalc_bbox ( void )
-{
-  bbox = abox ;
-
-  if ( label != NULL )
-    switch ( labelPlace )
-    {
-      case PUPLACE_ABOVE : bbox.max[1] += puGetStringHeight ( getLabelFont() ) + puGetStringDescender ( getLabelFont () ) + PUSTR_TGAP + PUSTR_BGAP ; break ;
-      case PUPLACE_BELOW : bbox.min[1] -= puGetStringHeight ( getLabelFont() ) + puGetStringDescender ( getLabelFont () ) + PUSTR_TGAP + PUSTR_BGAP ; break ;
-      case PUPLACE_LEFT  : bbox.min[0] -= puGetStringWidth  ( getLabelFont(), getLabel() ) + PUSTR_LGAP + PUSTR_RGAP ; break ;
-      case PUPLACE_RIGHT : bbox.max[0] += puGetStringWidth  ( getLabelFont(), getLabel() ) + PUSTR_LGAP + PUSTR_RGAP ; break ;
-    }
-
-  if ( parent != NULL )
-    parent -> recalc_bbox () ;
-}
-
-void puObject::draw_label ( int dx, int dy )
-{
-  if ( !visible ) return ;
-
-  /* If greyed out then halve the opacity when drawing the label */
-
-  if ( active )
-    glColor4fv ( colour [ PUCOL_LABEL ] ) ;
-  else
-    glColor4f ( colour [ PUCOL_LABEL ][0],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LABEL ][1],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LABEL ][2],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LABEL ][3] / 2.0f ) ; /* 50% more transparent */
-
-  switch ( labelPlace )
-  {
-    case PUPLACE_ABOVE : puDrawString ( labelFont, label, dx + abox.min[0] + PUSTR_LGAP, dy + abox.max[1] + puGetStringDescender(labelFont) + PUSTR_BGAP ) ; break ;
-    case PUPLACE_BELOW : puDrawString ( labelFont, label, dx + abox.min[0] + PUSTR_LGAP, dy + bbox.min[1] + puGetStringDescender(labelFont) + PUSTR_BGAP ) ; break ;
-    case PUPLACE_LEFT  : puDrawString ( labelFont, label, dx + bbox.min[0] + PUSTR_LGAP, dy + abox.min[1] + puGetStringDescender(labelFont) + PUSTR_BGAP ) ; break ;
-    case PUPLACE_RIGHT : puDrawString ( labelFont, label, dx + abox.max[0] + PUSTR_LGAP, dy + abox.min[1] + puGetStringDescender(labelFont) + PUSTR_BGAP ) ; break ;
-  }
-}
-
-
-int puObject::checkKey ( int key, int updown )
-{
-  if ( updown == PU_UP )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  if ( isReturnDefault() && ( key == '\r' || key == '\n' ) )
-  {
-    checkHit ( PU_LEFT_BUTTON, PU_DOWN, (abox.min[0]+abox.max[0])/2,
-                                        (abox.min[1]+abox.max[1])/2 ) ;
-    checkHit ( PU_LEFT_BUTTON, PU_UP  , (abox.min[0]+abox.max[0])/2,
-                                        (abox.min[1]+abox.max[1])/2 ) ;
-    return TRUE ;
-  }
-
-  return FALSE ;
-}
-
-
-void puObject::doHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y )
-{
-  (x,x);(y,y);
-
-  if ( button == PU_LEFT_BUTTON )
-  {
-    if ( updown == active_mouse_edge || active_mouse_edge == PU_UP_AND_DOWN )
-    {
-      lowlight () ;
-      invokeCallback () ;
-    }
-    else
-      highlight () ;
-  }
-  else
-    lowlight () ;
-}
-
-int puObject::checkHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y )
-{
-  if ( isHit( x, y ) )
-  {
-    doHit ( button, updown, x, y ) ;
-    return TRUE ;
-  }
-
-  lowlight () ;
-  return FALSE ;
-}
-
- 
-char *puValue::getTypeString ( void )
-{
-  int i = getType () ;
-
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_DIALOGBOX   ) return "puDialogBox" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_SLIDER      ) return "puSlider" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_BUTTONBOX   ) return "puButtonBox" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_INPUT       ) return "puInput" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_MENUBAR     ) return "puMenuBar" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_POPUPMENU   ) return "puPopupMenu" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_POPUP       ) return "puPopup" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_ONESHOT     ) return "puOneShot" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_BUTTON      ) return "puButton" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_TEXT        ) return "puText" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_FRAME       ) return "puFrame" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_INTERFACE   ) return "puInterface" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_OBJECT      ) return "puObject" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_VALUE       ) return "puValue" ;
-
-  return "Unknown Object type." ;
-}
-
-

PUI/puOneShot.cxx

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-void puOneShot::doHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y )
-{
-  puButton::doHit ( button, updown, x, y ) ;
-  setValue ( 0 ) ;
-}
-

PUI/puPopup.cxx

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-

PUI/puPopupMenu.cxx

@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-#define PUMENU_BUTTON_HEIGHT       25
-#define PUMENU_BUTTON_EXTRA_WIDTH  25
-
-puObject *puPopupMenu::add_item ( char *str, puCallback cb )
-{
-  int w, h ;
-  getSize ( &w, &h ) ;
-  puOneShot *b = new puOneShot ( 0, h, str ) ;
-  b->setStyle        ( PUSTYLE_PLAIN ) ;
-  b->setColourScheme ( colour[PUCOL_FOREGROUND][0],
-		       colour[PUCOL_FOREGROUND][1],
-		       colour[PUCOL_FOREGROUND][2],
-		       colour[PUCOL_FOREGROUND][3] ) ;
-  b->setCallback     ( cb ) ;
-  recalc_bbox () ;
-  return b ;
-}
-
-void puPopupMenu::close ( void )
-{
-  puPopup::close () ;
-
-  int widest = 0 ;
-  puObject *ob = dlist ;
-
-  /*
-   * June 17th, 1998, Shammi
-   * There seems to be some mismatch with the
-   * #define pumenusize and the actual size
-   * There seems to be some overlap resulting
-   * in more than one option being highlighted.
-   * By setting the size to the actual values,
-   * the overlap area seems to be less now.
-   */
-
-  int w, h ;
-
-  for ( ob = dlist ; ob != NULL ; ob = ob -> next )
-  {
-    ob -> getSize ( &w, &h ) ;
-
-    if ( w > widest ) widest = w ;
-  }
-
-  for ( ob = dlist ; ob != NULL ; ob = ob -> next )
-  {
-    ob -> getSize ( &w, &h ) ;
-    ob -> setSize ( widest, h ) ;
-  }
-
-  recalc_bbox () ;
-}
-
-
-int puPopupMenu::checkKey ( int key, int updown )
-{
-  if ( dlist == NULL || ! isVisible () || ! isActive () )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  if ( updown == PU_DOWN )
-  {
-    hide () ;
-
-    /* Turn everything off ready for next time. */
-
-    for ( puObject *bo = dlist ; bo != NULL ; bo = bo->next )
-      bo -> clrValue () ;
-  }
-
-  puObject *bo ;
-
-  /*
-    We have to walk the list backwards to ensure that
-    the click order is the same as the DRAW order.
-  */
-
-  for ( bo = dlist ; bo->next != NULL ; bo = bo->next )
-    /* Find the last object in our list. */ ;
-
-  for ( ; bo != NULL ; bo = bo->prev )
-    if ( bo -> checkKey ( key, updown ) )
-      return TRUE ;
-
-  return FALSE ;
-}
-
-
-int puPopupMenu::checkHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y )
-{
-  if ( dlist == NULL || ! isVisible () || ! isActive () )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  /* Must test 'isHit' before making the menu invisible! */
-
-  int hit = isHit ( x, y ) ;
-
-  /*
-   * June 17th, 1998, Shammi :
-   * There seemed to be a miscalculation with the menus initially
-   * Therefore I moved the recalculation stuff before the clearing.
-   */
-
-  /*
-    This might be a bit redundant - but it's too hard to keep
-    track of changing abox sizes when daughter objects are
-    changing sizes.
-  */
-
-  recalc_bbox();
-  x -= abox.min[0] ;
-  y -= abox.min[1] ;
-
-  /*
-   * June 17th, 1998, Shammi :
-   * Also clear the menu when the dragging the mouse and not hit.
-   */
-
-  if (   updown == active_mouse_edge || active_mouse_edge == PU_UP_AND_DOWN ||
-       ( updown == PU_DRAG && !hit ) )
-  {
-
-    /* June 17th, 1998, Shammi :
-     * Do not hide the menu if mouse is dragged out
-     */
-
-    if ( updown != PU_DRAG )
-      hide () ;
-
-    /* Turn everything off ready for next time. */
-
-    /* June 17th, 1998, Shammi:
-     * Make sure we check for a hit, if the mouse is moved
-     * out of the menu.
-     */
-
-    for ( puObject *bo = dlist ; bo != NULL ; bo = bo->next )
-    {
-      if ( ! hit )
-	bo -> checkHit ( button, updown, x , y ) ;
-
-      bo -> clrValue () ;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if ( ! hit )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  puObject *bo ;
-  
-  /*
-    We have to walk the list backwards to ensure that
-    the click order is the same as the DRAW order.
-  */
-
-  /* June 17th, 1998, Shammi :
-   * If the mouse is dragged and the menuItem is not hit, 
-   * clear it
-   */
-
-  for ( bo = dlist ; bo->next != NULL ; bo = bo->next )
-    if ( updown == PU_DRAG && ! bo -> checkHit ( button, updown, x, y ) )
-      bo -> clrValue () ;
-
-    /* Find the last object in our list. */ ;
-
-  for ( ; bo != NULL ; bo = bo->prev )
-    if ( bo -> checkHit ( button, updown, x, y ) )
-      return TRUE ;
-
-  return FALSE ;
-}
-
-

PUI/puSlider.cxx

@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-void puSlider::draw ( int dx, int dy )
-{
-  if ( !visible ) return ;
-
-  abox . draw ( dx, dy,
-                (style==PUSTYLE_BEVELLED||
-                 style==PUSTYLE_SHADED) ? -PUSTYLE_BOXED : -style,
-                colour, FALSE ) ;
-
-  int sd, od ;
-
-  if ( isVertical() ) { sd = 1 ; od = 0 ; } else { sd = 0 ; od = 1 ; }
-
-  int sz = abox.max [sd] - abox.min [sd] ;
-
-  float val ;
-
-  getValue ( & val ) ;
-
-  if ( val < 0.0f ) val = 0.0f ;
-  if ( val > 1.0f ) val = 1.0f ;
-
-  val *= (float) sz * (1.0f - slider_fraction) ;
-
-  puBox bx ;
-    
-  bx . min [ sd ] = abox . min [ sd ] + (int) val ;
-  bx . max [ sd ] = (int) ( (float) bx . min [ sd ] + (float) sz * slider_fraction ) ;
-  bx . min [ od ] = abox . min [ od ] + 2 ;
-  bx . max [ od ] = abox . max [ od ] - 2 ;
-
-  bx . draw ( dx, dy, PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED, colour, FALSE ) ;
-
-  /* If greyed out then halve the opacity when drawing the label and legend */
-
-  if ( active )
-    glColor4fv ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ] ) ;
-  else
-    glColor4f ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][0],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][1],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][2],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][3] / 2.0f ) ; /* 50% more transparent */
-
-  int xx = ( abox.max[0] - abox.min[0] - puGetStringWidth(legendFont,legend) ) / 2 ;
-  int yy = ( abox.max[1] - abox.min[1] - puGetStringHeight(legendFont) ) / 2 ;
-
-  puDrawString ( legendFont, legend,
-                  dx + abox.min[0] + xx,
-                  dy + abox.min[1] + yy ) ;
-
-  draw_label ( dx, dy ) ;
-}
-
-
-void puSlider::doHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y )
-{
-  if ( button == PU_LEFT_BUTTON )
-  {
-    int sd = isVertical() ;
-    int sz = abox.max [sd] - abox.min [sd] ;
-    int coord = isVertical() ? y : x ;
-
-    float next_value ;
-
-    if ( sz == 0 )
-      next_value = 0.5f ;
-    else
-    {
-      next_value = ( (float)coord - (float)abox.min[sd] - (float)sz * slider_fraction / 2.0f ) /
-                   ( (float) sz * (1.0f - slider_fraction) ) ;
-    }
-
-    next_value = (next_value < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (next_value > 1.0) ? 1.0f : next_value ;
-
-    setValue ( next_value ) ;
-
-    switch ( cb_mode )
-    {
-      case PUSLIDER_CLICK :
-        if ( updown == active_mouse_edge )
-        {
-	  last_cb_value = next_value ;
-	  invokeCallback () ;
-        }
-        break ;
-
-      case PUSLIDER_DELTA :
-        if ( fabs ( last_cb_value - next_value ) >= cb_delta )
-        {
-	  last_cb_value = next_value ;
-	  invokeCallback () ;
-        }
-        break ;
-
-      case PUSLIDER_ALWAYS :
-      default :
-        last_cb_value = next_value ;
-        invokeCallback () ;
-        break ;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-

PUI/puText.cxx

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-void puText::draw ( int dx, int dy )
-{
-  draw_label ( dx, dy ) ;
-}
-

README

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+[ Nothing here at this time. ]

README.MSVC

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+This document describes how to build SimGear using the supplied workspace and
+project files.  
+
+Unpack the SimGear source file into your work directory.  This creates a new
+subdirectory called SimGear-X.Y.Z.  Rename this to SimGear.  Before we can
+build SimGear you must unpack and build the third party libraries metakit and
+zlib.  Sources for these are included in the SimGear/src-libs directory.
+Unpack these into the top level SimGear directory.  At this point your
+directory structure should look something like this:
+
+<work_dir>/
+  SimGear/
+    metakit-x.y.z/
+    simgear/
+    src-libs/
+    zlib-x.y.z/
+
+Now open the SimGear workspace.  This workspace file contains projects for
+building metakit(mklib), SimGear and zlib.  Select each project as the active
+project and build all.  Order is unimportant since there are no dependencies
+between the projects.
+
+The workspace and project files are generated by a perl script with extra
+input from the am2dsp.cfg file.

README.metakit

@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+For your convenience (and with the author's permission) a copy of the
+MetaKit source is bundled with SimGear in $(top_srcdir)/src-libs/.
+You must have metakit installed before you can build SimGear.
+
+- Most linux distributions have a metakit package.  For linux
+  developers, we recommend ysou install your distributions package
+  rather than building from source.
+
+- For developers on most other platforms, you will have to build
+  metakit from source and install it yourself.  For your convenience a
+  tar ball of the metakit source is included with the simgear source
+  distribution.  Untar the metakit source, and follow the included
+  build and installation instructions.
+
+Once metakit is installed you can return to configuring and building
+Simgear.
+
+=============================================================================
+
+Potentially important build note:
+
+  Later on when you are linking programs with -lmk4 (i.e. FlightGear or one
+  of it's associated programs) if you come across an error similar to the
+  following:
+
+     c++  -Wall -O2 -L/usr/local/lib -o gensimple  gensimple.o libAirports.a
+          -lsgdebug -lsgmisc -lmk4 -lz -lm 
+     /usr/local/lib/libmk4.a(view.o)(.text+0x1c8):view.cpp: multiple definition
+          of `c4_View::~c4_View(void)'
+    libAirports.a(simple.o)(.text$_$_7c4_View+0x0):simple.cxx: first defined
+          here
+    collect2: ld returned 1 exit status
+    make[2]: *** [gensimple] Error 1
+    make[2]: Leaving directory `/home/curt/FlightGear-0.7.7/src/Airports'
+    make[1]: *** [all-recursive] Error 1
+    make[1]: Leaving directory `/home/curt/FlightGear-0.7.7/src'
+    make: *** [all-recursive] Error 1
+
+  Then you need to come back and rebuild Metakit with the -DNDEBUG flag.
+  For unix/cygwin systems, modify the unix/Makefile file and add -DNDEBUG
+  to the CFLAGS line.
+
+Now we return you to the official metakit readme ... :-)
+
+
+The MetaKit Library 2.01                                            March 2000
+==============================================================================
+
+
+WHAT IT IS - MetaKit is an embeddable database which runs on Unix, Windows,
+    Macintosh, and other platforms.  It lets you build applications which
+    store their data efficiently, in a portable way, and which will not need a
+    complex runtime installation.  In terms of the data model, MetaKit takes
+    the middle ground between RDBMS, OODBMS, and flat-file databases - yet it
+    is quite different from each of them.
+
+WHAT IT ISN'T - MetaKit is not: 1) multi-user/-threading, 2) scalable to
+    gigabytes, 3) proprietary software, 4) full of bugs, 5) just a toy.
+
+TECHNOLOGY - Everything is stored variable-sized yet with efficient positional
+    row access.  Changing an existing datafile structure is as simple as re-
+    opening it with that new structure.  All changes are transacted.  You can
+    mix and match software written in C++, Python, and Tcl.  Things can't get
+    much more flexible...
+
+CORE - The Metakit core library is written in C++.  It has a code footprint of
+    just over 100 Kb on Windows.  It can be used as DLL, or linked statically.
+    Debug builds include extensive assertion checks to catch problems early.
+
+PYTHON - The binding for Python is called "Mk4py".  It uses SCXX by Gordon
+    McMillan as C++ glue interface.  The source is in directory "python/".
+
+TCL/TK - The MK extension for Tcl is called "Mk4tcl".  It is being used in a
+    number of commercial projects, for in-house use as well as in commercially
+    distributed products.  The source is in directory "tcl/".
+
+LICENSE AND SUPPORT - MetaKit 2.01 is distributed as open source software (the
+    X/MIT-style license is at the end of this document).  Commercial support
+    is available through an Enterprise License, see the URL mentioned below.
+
+DOCUMENTATION - All documentation uses HTML.  The main page is "MetaKit.html",
+    which leads to the rest of the documentation in the "doc/" directory.
+
+WEBSITE URLS - The main pages on the world wide web, for news and downloads:
+    Homepage:       http://www.equi4.com/metakit/
+    Python news:    http://www.equi4.com/metakit/python.html
+    Tcl/Tk news:    http://www.equi4.com/metakit/tcl.html
+    License info:   http://www.equi4.com/metakit/license.html
+    Contact info:   http://www.equi4.com/contact.html
+
+
+INSTALLATION
+============
+
+Starting with this release, all platform builds and language bindings are now
+designed to work from a single common "builds/" directory.  It turns out to
+be impossible to keep build side-effects limited to *just* this directory
+(CodeWarrior can't be told where to place its temp data, and Visual C++ still
+alters a few files next to the project ".dsw" file, to name two offenders).
+
+UNIX
+
+    It is no longer advised to build the Unix code in the "unix/" directory.
+    Instead, you should perform the following steps:
+        % cd builds
+        % ../unix/configure
+        % make
+        % make test
+    And optionally (this only installs the core lib, not script extensions):
+        % make install
+
+    By switching to the "builds/" directory, you will keep the distribution
+    directory tree 100% unaltered.  All changes are made in this subdir, and
+    all final build results are left behind in this same subdir.
+
+    Nastiness: if you build Mk4tcl, please do a "make Mk4tcl.so" as well.
+    And if you intend to create the Python extension, do a "make Mk4py.so".
+    The "libmk4tcl.so.0.0.0" and "libMk4py.so.0.0.0" targets are bogus ones.
+
+    You will probably have to make changes in the makefile to locate the
+    proper includes and libs for Python (Tcl has been fixed, see "--with-tcl).
+    You probably only need to adjust "CXX_SWITCHES_PY" to find the headers.
+
+    To build with STL containers and strings, you can do the following:
+        make CXXFLAGS='-Dq4_STD' test   # add -O3 etc, as needed
+    This passes the test suite on Linux RedHat 5.2 with gcc 2.95-2.
+
+    See below for some platform-specific build notes.
+
+WINDOWS
+
+    There is a "win/" directory which contains subdirectories for a number of
+    compiler systems.  MetaKit has been built with many different compilers
+    in the past (Microsoft, Borland, Watcom, Symantec, Metrowerks, Optima),
+    but to preserve my sanity (there are 12 configurations for MSVC6 alone!),
+    I am limiting myself to MSVC6, MWCW5, Borland C++ Builder 4, and Cygwin.
+
+    The MS Visual C++ 6.0 project is "win/msvc60/mksrc.dsw", with subprojects
+    for the C++ demo (mkdemo), building dll's (mkdll), static libs (mklib),
+    regression tests (mktest), as well as Tcl (mktcl) and Python (mkpython).
+    It has been set up to place all intermediate files and final results in
+    the "builds/" subdirectory, even though you'll launch it from "win/".
+
+    To build with STL containers and strings under MSVC, define "q4_STD".
+    To build with MFC containers and strings under MSVC, define "q4_MFC".
+
+    The Metrowerks Codewarrior project is in the "mac/" directory, and can be
+    used to build both Mac and Windows versions (on either Mac *or* Windows).
+    The core libraries are built with "mac/cw5.mcp", demos / tests are built
+    with "cw5apps.mcp", Tcl is "cw5tcl.mcp", and Python is "cw5python.mcp".
+
+    The Borland C++ Builder projects have not yet been incorporated in this
+    release, but the "KitViewer" application is an example of how to use BCB.
+
+    The Cygwin build (B20.1 / gcc 2.95.2) is different, because it uses the
+    unix autoconf system, and must be launched as described above for UNIX.
+    I have upgraded to the latest development of libtool to be able to build
+    DLL's with Cygwin.  You can build the "-mno-cygwin" version by editing
+    the Makefile by hand and adding that option to CXXFLAGS.
+
+    Rob Bloodgood adds that the following GCC options are for maximum code
+    efficiency on x86 hardware: "-O2 -m486 -malign-loops=2 -malign-jumps=2".
+    I have not yet tried this myself, but am passing on the tip.
+
+MACINTOSH
+
+    The Mac version requires Metrowerks CodeWarrior 5.  See the info above
+    in the Windows section (MWCW is multi-platform).  The projects are all
+    located in the "mac/" folder, which is also where MWCW will place its own
+    "... Data" folders with intermediate results.  As with all other setups,
+    final results are made to end up in the "builds/" directory.
+
+    Static 68K builds appear to work fine, the 68K CFM variants will need
+    some more work (I couldn't get the libraries to export their symbols).
+
+
+PLATFORM-SPECIFIC NOTES
+=======================
+
+* Linux RH 5.2 / gcc 2.95.2
+
+    Builds with gcc 2.95.2 work out of the box.  The Tcl extension ends up as
+    ".libs/libmk4tcl.so.0.0.0" (to please libtool), and should be renamed to
+    "Mk4tcl.so".  Similarly, ".libs/libMk4py.so.0.0.0" is in fact the Python
+    extension, and *must* be renamed to "Mk4py.so" to call it from Python.
+
+    The core MK libs end up as ".libs/libmk4.a" and ".libs/libmk4.so.0.0.0".
+
+* Solaris 2.6 / gcc 2.8.1
+
+    The Solaris builds are nasty for several reasons:
+
+    - I do not own such a machine, and often have to make arrangements
+      (or fight limited space on one of the machines I can telnet to).
+    - The gcc 2.8.1 optimizer appears to be buggy, I have had to turn off
+      the default "-O3" flag to prevent compiler crashes (several files).
+      This problems appears to be resolved with gcc 2.95.
+    - Locking on Solaris (especially w.r.t NFS) remains a mystery to me.
+      The Tcl and Python extensions both use locking (the core not yet).
+      See tcl/Mk4tcl.cpp around line 520, and python/PyStorage.cpp around
+      line 80 for details.  It's all pretty messy, and not 100% correct.
+
+    Despite this, I'm doing my best to resolve these issues.  Having a solid
+    build of the core *and* of Tcl / Python extensions is quite important.
+
+* Other Unix systems
+
+    No further notes, though many systems will build fine out of the box.
+
+* Windows
+
+    MSVC 6 builds MK as static lib and as DLL (universal config, I have not
+    yet created build versions with MFC or STL, mainly because MK can now be
+    used in all contexts regardless of how it was built).  The Python and Tcl
+    extensions build as dynamic extensions (a static build is easy to add).
+
+    MWCW 5 builds MK as static lib and as DLL (interestingly enough, the DLL
+    is slightly smaller than MSVC 6 - 102 vs 108 Kb - when their runtimes are
+    linked in dynamically as well).  I have not added Win builds for Tcl or
+    Python, since MSVC 6 has those already.
+
+    Cygwin B20.1, with gcc 2.95.2 ugrade, also builds MK as static lib and as
+    DLL.  Both "pure" Cygwin (i.e. requiring cygwin1.dll) and mingw32 (using
+    the -mno-cygwin flag) build, but there are some hairy include issues when
+    it comes to choosing the right locking model for Tcl and Python.  These
+    issues have not been resolved fully.
+
+* Macintosh
+
+    MWCW 5 builds PPC shared libs, PPC static libs, and 68K static libraries.
+
+    Building 68K CFM libraries leads to a "MetaKit 68K.shlb" which comes out
+    of the linker without errors, but the result does not seem to have any
+    export symbols defined (despite the fact that the library is over 200 K).
+    Because of that, I've been unable to build apps or Mk4tcl/Mk4py so far.
+
+    The other three configurations build, but for some reason MK's regression
+    test stops at L03 (everything up to that point looks ok, i.e. over 90%).
+
+    The Mk4tcl PPC extension appears to work (quick manual test), and so does
+    the Python extension, "Mk4py.PPC.slb".  I have not yet given these two
+    a serious workout, hoping to have a basic test harness in place soon.
+
+* VMS, BeOS, ...
+
+    No news yet, please report your findings with any other platform builds.
+
+
+WHAT'S MISSING HERE
+===================
+
+    - a section on basic concepts (or maybe it doesn't belong here?)
+    - a section on getting started (C++, Python, Tcl all differ - point to
+      the respective intro pages)
+    - maybe a small sample for each of C++ / Tcl / Python, to give an idea
+    - mention TclKit, scripted docs (WiKit/Tequila?), VFS?
+    - I forgot... please tell me :)
+
+
+LICENSE AND COPYRIGHT STATEMENT
+===============================
+
+Copyright (c) 1996-2000 Jean-Claude Wippler
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+-- Jean-Claude Wippler <jcw@equi4.com>

README.zlib

@@ -1,7 +1,33 @@
-zlib 1.1.3 is a general purpose data compression library.  All the code
+For your convenience and allowed by zlib's license terms:
+http://www.gzip.org/zlib/zlib_license.html a copy of the zlib source
+is bundled with SimGear in $(top_srcdir)/src-libs/.  You must have
+zlib installed before you can build SimGear.
+
+- Most linux distributions have a zlib package.  For linux
+  developers, we recommend ysou install your distributions package
+  rather than building from source.
+
+- Cygwin installs zlib automatically.
+
+- For developers on most other platforms, you will have to build
+  zlib from source and install it yourself.  For your convenience a
+  tar ball of the zlib source is included with the simgear source
+  distribution.  Untar the zlib source, and follow the included
+  build and installation instructions.
+
+Once zlib is installed you can return to configuring and building
+Simgear.
+
+We now send you to the official zlib README ... 
+
+
+=============================================================================
+
+
+zlib 1.1.4 is a general purpose data compression library.  All the code
 is thread safe.  The data format used by the zlib library
 is described by RFCs (Request for Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files 
-ftp://ds.internic.net/rfc/rfc1950.txt (zlib format), rfc1951.txt (deflate
+http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1950.txt (zlib format), rfc1951.txt (deflate
 format) and rfc1952.txt (gzip format). These documents are also available in
 other formats from ftp://ftp.uu.net/graphics/png/documents/zlib/zdoc-index.html
 
@@ -14,51 +40,50 @@ except example.c and minigzip.c.
 
 To compile all files and run the test program, follow the instructions
 given at the top of Makefile. In short "make test; make install"
-should work for most machines. For Unix: "configure; make test; make install"
+should work for most machines. For Unix: "./configure; make test; make install"
 For MSDOS, use one of the special makefiles such as Makefile.msc.
 For VMS, use Make_vms.com or descrip.mms.
 
-Questions about zlib should be sent to <zlib@quest.jpl.nasa.gov>, or to
+Questions about zlib should be sent to <zlib@gzip.org>, or to
 Gilles Vollant <info@winimage.com> for the Windows DLL version.
-The zlib home page is http://www.cdrom.com/pub/infozip/zlib/
-The official zlib ftp site is ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/pub/infozip/zlib/
-Before reporting a problem, please check those sites to verify that
+The zlib home page is http://www.zlib.org or http://www.gzip.org/zlib/
+Before reporting a problem, please check this site to verify that
 you have the latest version of zlib; otherwise get the latest version and
 check whether the problem still exists or not.
 
-Mark Nelson <markn@tiny.com> wrote an article about zlib for the Jan. 1997
+PLEASE read the zlib FAQ http://www.gzip.org/zlib/zlib_faq.html
+before asking for help.
+
+Mark Nelson <markn@ieee.org> wrote an article about zlib for the Jan. 1997
 issue of  Dr. Dobb's Journal; a copy of the article is available in
-http://web2.airmail.net/markn/articles/zlibtool/zlibtool.htm
+http://dogma.net/markn/articles/zlibtool/zlibtool.htm
 
-The changes made in version 1.1.3 are documented in the file ChangeLog.
-The main changes since 1.1.2 are:
+The changes made in version 1.1.4 are documented in the file ChangeLog.
+The only changes made since 1.1.3 are bug corrections:
 
-- fix "an inflate input buffer bug that shows up on rare but persistent
-  occasions" (Mark)
-- fix gzread and gztell for concatenated .gz files (Didier Le Botlan)
-- fix gzseek(..., SEEK_SET) in write mode
-- fix crc check after a gzeek (Frank Faubert)
-- fix miniunzip when the last entry in a zip file is itself a zip file
-  (J Lillge)
-- add contrib/asm586 and contrib/asm686 (Brian Raiter)
-  See http://www.muppetlabs.com/~breadbox/software/assembly.html
-- add support for Delphi 3 in contrib/delphi (Bob Dellaca)
-- add support for C++Builder 3 and Delphi 3 in contrib/delphi2 (Davide Moretti)
-- do not exit prematurely in untgz if 0 at start of block (Magnus Holmgren)
-- use macro EXTERN instead of extern to support DLL for BeOS (Sander Stoks)
-- added a FAQ file
+- ZFREE was repeated on same allocation on some error conditions.
+  This creates a security problem described in
+  http://www.zlib.org/advisory-2002-03-11.txt
+- Returned incorrect error (Z_MEM_ERROR) on some invalid data
+- Avoid accesses before window for invalid distances with inflate window
+  less than 32K.
+- force windowBits > 8 to avoid a bug in the encoder for a window size
+  of 256 bytes. (A complete fix will be available in 1.1.5).
+
+The beta version 1.1.5beta includes many more changes. A new official
+version 1.1.5 will be released as soon as extensive testing has been
+completed on it.
 
-plus many changes for portability.
 
 Unsupported third party contributions are provided in directory "contrib".
 
-A Java implementation of zlib is available in the Java Development Kit 1.1
+A Java implementation of zlib is available in the Java Development Kit
 http://www.javasoft.com/products/JDK/1.1/docs/api/Package-java.util.zip.html
-See the zlib home page http://www.cdrom.com/pub/infozip/zlib/ for details.
+See the zlib home page http://www.zlib.org for details.
 
 A Perl interface to zlib written by Paul Marquess <pmarquess@bfsec.bt.co.uk>
-is in the CPAN (Comprehensive Perl Archive Network) sites, such as:
-ftp://ftp.cis.ufl.edu/pub/perl/CPAN/modules/by-module/Compress/Compress-Zlib*
+is in the CPAN (Comprehensive Perl Archive Network) sites
+http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Compress/
 
 A Python interface to zlib written by A.M. Kuchling <amk@magnet.com>
 is available in Python 1.5 and later versions, see
@@ -117,7 +142,7 @@ Acknowledgments:
 
 Copyright notice:
 
- (C) 1995-1998 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
+ (C) 1995-2002 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
 
   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages

Serial/Makefile.am

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-bin_PROGRAMS = testserial
-
-noinst_LIBRARIES = libSerial.a
-
-libSerial_a_SOURCES = serial.cxx serial.hxx
-
-testserial_SOURCES = testserial.cxx
-
-testserial_LDADD = \
-	$(top_builddir)/Lib/Serial/libSerial.a \
-	$(top_builddir)/Lib/Debug/libDebug.a
-
-INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir) -I$(top_builddir)/Lib

Serial/serial.hxx

@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-// serial.hxx -- Unix serial I/O support
-//
-// Written by Curtis Olson, started November 1998.
-//
-// Copyright (C) 1998  Curtis L. Olson - curt@flightgear.org
-//
-// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-// License, or (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-// General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-
-
-#ifndef _SERIAL_HXX
-#define _SERIAL_HXX
-
-
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-# error This library requires C++
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined( WIN32 ) && !defined( __CYGWIN__) && !defined( __CYGWIN32__ )
-#  include <windows.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <Include/compiler.h>
-#include STL_STRING
-FG_USING_STD(string);
-
-// if someone know how to do this all with C++ streams let me know
-// #include <stdio.h>
-
-
-class fgSERIAL
-{
-#if defined( WIN32 ) && !defined( __CYGWIN__) && !defined( __CYGWIN32__ )
-    typedef HANDLE fd_type;
-#else
-    typedef int fd_type;
-#endif
-
-private:
-
-    fd_type fd;
-    bool dev_open;
-
-public:
-
-    fgSERIAL();
-    fgSERIAL(const string& device, int baud);
-
-    ~fgSERIAL();
-
-    bool open_port(const string& device);
-    bool close_port();
-    bool set_baud(int baud);
-    string read_port();
-    int write_port(const string& value);
-
-    inline bool is_enabled() { return dev_open; }
-};
-
-
-#endif // _SERIAL_HXX
-
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.5  1999/03/02 01:01:58  curt
-// Tweaks for compiling with native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1999/02/26 22:08:13  curt
-// Added initial support for native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1999/02/02 20:13:24  curt
-// MSVC++ portability changes by Bernie Bright:
-//
-// Lib/Serial/serial.[ch]xx: Initial Windows support - incomplete.
-// Simulator/Astro/stars.cxx: typo? included <stdio> instead of <cstdio>
-// Simulator/Cockpit/hud.cxx: Added Standard headers
-// Simulator/Cockpit/panel.cxx: Redefinition of default parameter
-// Simulator/Flight/flight.cxx: Replaced cout with FG_LOG.  Deleted <stdio.h>
-// Simulator/Main/fg_init.cxx:
-// Simulator/Main/GLUTmain.cxx:
-// Simulator/Main/options.hxx: Shuffled <fg_serial.hxx> dependency
-// Simulator/Objects/material.hxx:
-// Simulator/Time/timestamp.hxx: VC++ friend kludge
-// Simulator/Scenery/tile.[ch]xx: Fixed using std::X declarations
-// Simulator/Main/views.hxx: Added a constant
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/11/30 17:15:30  curt
-// Having the class destructor close the fd was a bad idea ... especially if you
-// ever make a copy of the instance and then subsequently destroy either.
-// close_port() is now a separate member function.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/11/16 13:53:02  curt
-// Initial revision.
-//

SimGear.dsw

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+Microsoft Developer Studio Workspace File, Format Version 6.00
+# WARNING: DO NOT EDIT OR DELETE THIS WORKSPACE FILE!
+
+###############################################################################
+
+Project: "SimGear"=".\SimGear.dsp" - Package Owner=<4>
+
+Package=<5>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+Package=<4>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+###############################################################################
+
+Project: "mklib"=".\SimGear\metakit-2.4.3\win\msvc60\mklib.dsp" - Package Owner=<4>
+
+Package=<5>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+Package=<4>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+###############################################################################
+
+Project: "zlib"=".\SimGear\zlib.dsp" - Package Owner=<4>
+
+Package=<5>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+Package=<4>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+###############################################################################
+
+Global:
+
+Package=<5>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+Package=<3>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+###############################################################################
+

SimGear.spec.in

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+%define ver	@VERSION@
+%define rel	1
+%define prefix	/usr
+
+Summary:	Simulator Construction Gear.
+Name:		@PACKAGE@
+Version:	%ver
+Release:	%rel
+Copyright:	LGPL
+Group:		Libraries/Graphics
+Source:		%{name}-%{version}.tar.gz
+#URL:		
+BuildRoot:	/tmp/%{name}-%{version}-%{rel}-root
+Packager:	Fill In As You Wish
+Docdir:		%{prefix}/doc
+
+%description
+This package contains a tools and libraries useful for constructing 
+simulation and visualization applications such as FlightGear or TerraGear. 
+
+Authors:
+	N/A
+
+%prep
+%setup -n %{name}-%{version}
+
+
+%build
+# Needed for snapshot releases.
+if [ ! -f configure ]; then
+	CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS" ./autogen.sh --prefix=%prefix
+else
+	CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS" ./configure --prefix=%prefix
+fi
+
+if [ "$SMP" != "" ]; then
+	JSMP	= '"MAKE=make -k -j $SMP"'
+fi
+
+make ${JSMP};
+
+
+%install
+[ -d ${RPM_BUILD_ROOT} ] && rm -rf ${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}
+
+make prefix=${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}%{prefix} install
+
+#
+# Generating file lists and store them in file-lists
+# Starting with the directory listings
+#
+find ${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}%{prefix}/{bin,include,lib} -type d | sed "s#^${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}#\%attr (-\,root\,root) \%dir #" > file-lists
+%{?ETCDR:find ${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}%{!?SYSCF:%{prefix}}/etc -type d | sed "s#^${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}#\%attr (-\,root\,root) \%dir #" >> file-lists}
+
+#
+# Then, the file listings
+#
+echo "%defattr (-, root, root)" >> file-lists
+%{?ETCDR:find ${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}%{!?SYSCF:%{prefix}}/etc/%{name}.conf -type f | sed -e "s#^${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}#%config #g" >> file-lists}
+find ${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}%{prefix} -type f | sed -e "s#^${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}##g" >> file-lists
+
+
+%clean
+(cd ..; rm -rf %{name}-%{version} ${RPM_BUILD_ROOT})
+
+
+%files -f file-lists
+%defattr (-, root, root)
+%doc AUTHORS
+%doc COPYING
+%doc ChangeLog
+%doc INSTALL
+%doc NEWS
+%doc README
+%doc %{name}.spec.in
+

Thanks

@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+A very special thanks is due to the following people and groups.
+
+Note: as hard as we've tried, it is impossible to perfectly maintain
+this file.  If you are aware of someone who you think should be
+included here, PLEASE let me know.  Projects like this are made
+possible only by the help and hard work of others.  I want to properly
+credit everyone who has contributed to this project.
+
+
+Raul Alonzo <amil@las.es>
+  Mr. Alonzo is the author of Ssystem and provided his kind permission 
+  for using the moon texture. I also used parts of his code as a template
+  when adding the texture.  Ssystem Homepage can be found at:
+  http://www1.las.es/~amil/ssystem
+
+
+Paul Bleisch <pbleisch@acm.org>
+  Paul redid the "debug" system so that it would be much more flexible,
+  so it could be easily disabled for production system, and so that 
+  messages for certain subsystems could be selectively enabled.
+  Also contributed a first stab at a config file/command line parsing
+  system.
+
+
+Bernie Bright <bbright@c031.aone.net.au>
+  Many C++ style, usage, and implementation improvements.  
+  STL portability, tons o' stuff. :-)
+  Currently trying to get a BeOS port together but life keeps getting 
+  in the way!
+
+
+Gene Buckle <geneb@deltasoft.com>
+  Gene has done a lot of work getting FG to compile with the MSVC++
+  compiler.  Also, he has pushed, proded, and bugged me endlessly to
+  do my stuff right.  (I mean that in a good way, because sometimes
+  when the little nudge in the right direction isn't working, I need
+  a good hard shove.) :-)
+
+
+John Check <j4strngs@rockfish.net>
+  Cloud textures
+
+
+Jean-Francois Doue
+  Vector 2D, 3D, 4D and Matrix 3D and 4D inlined C++ classes.  (Based on
+  Graphics Gems IV ed. Paul S. Heckbert)
+  http://www.animats.com/simpleppp/ftp/public_html/topics/developers.html
+
+
+Bruce Finney <bfinney@gte.net>
+  MSVC5 compatibility.
+
+
+Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler <zlib@gzip.org>
+  Authors of the zlib library.  Used for on-the-fly compression and
+  decompression routines.
+  http://www.cdrom.com/pub/infozip/zlib/
+
+
+Thomas Gellekum <tg@ihf.rwth-aachen.de>
+  Changes and updates for compiling on FreeBSD
+
+
+Habibie <habibie@MailandNews.com>
+  RedHat package building changes for SimGear.
+
+
+Bruce Jackson of NASA <e.b.jackson@larc.nasa.gov> 
+  Developed the LaRCsim code under funding by NASA which we use to provide
+  the flight model. Bruce has patiently answered my many, many questions.
+  http://dcb.larc.nasa.gov/www/DCBStaff/ebj/ebj.html
+
+
+Richard Kaszeta <bofh@me.umn.edu>
+  Contributed screen buffer to ppm screen shot routine.
+  Rich has also helped in the early development of the Flight Gear "altitude 
+  hold autopilot module" by teaching Curt Olson the basics of Control Theory 
+  and helping him code and debug early versions. Curt's "Boss" Bob Hain
+  also contributed <bob@me.umn.edu>.  Further details available at:
+  http://www.menet.umn.edu/~curt/fgfs/Docs/Autopilot/AltitudeHold/AltitudeHold.html
+  Rich's Homepage: http://www.menet.umn.edu/~kaszeta
+
+
+Tom Knienieder <tom@knienieder.com>
+  Ported Steve's Audio library first to OpenBSD and IRIX and
+  after that also to Win32
+
+
+David Megginson <david@megginson.com>
+  SimGear property manager/registry
+
+
+Curt Olson <curt@flightgear.org>
+  Curt is responsible for overall project and source code management.
+  He has his hands in many of the areas.
+
+
+Petter Reinholdtsen <pere@games.no>
+  Incorporated the Gnu automake/autoconf system (with libtool).
+  This should streamline and standardize the build process for all
+  Unix-like platforms.  It should have little effect on IDE type 
+  environments since the don't use the Unix make system.
+
+
+Paul Schlyter <pausch@saaf.se>  
+  Mr. Schlyter provided Durk Talsma with all the information 
+  he needed to write the astro code. Mr. S. is also willing 
+  to answer astro-related questions whenever one needs to.
+  http://welcome.to/pausch
+
+
+Durk Talsma <d.talsma@chello.nl>
+  Accurate Sun, Moon, and Planets. 
+  Sun changes color based on position in sky.
+  Moon has correct phase and blends well into the sky.
+  Planets are correctly positioned and have proper magnitude.
+  Added time zone support in the SGTime class.
+  Help with time functions, gui, and other misc stuff.
+  http://people.a2000.nl/dtals
+
+
+Mark Vallevand <Mark.Vallevand@UNISYS.com>
+  Contributed some METAR parsing code.
+  Contributed some win32 screen printing routines.
+
+
+Gary R. Van Sickle <tiberius@braemarinc.com>
+  Contributed some initial GameGLUT support and other fixes.
+  Has done some interesting preliminary work on a binary file format
+  http://www.woodsoup.org/projs/ORKiD/fgfs.htm
+
+  Has set up a 'Cygwin Tips' site that has been very helpful to many 
+  people in getting a Cygwin Unix-on-Windows build environment set up
+  so they can build FG effectively. 
+  http://www.woodsoup.org/projs/ORKiD/cygwin.htm
+
+
+Norman Vine <nhv@yahoo.com>
+  Provided more than uncountable URL's to the "FlightGear Community".
+  Many performance optimizations throughout the code.  
+  Lots of windoze related contributions.
+  Contributed wgs84 distance and course routines.
+  Contributed a great circle route autopilot mode based on wgs84 routines.
+
+
+Ed Williams <Ed_Williams@compuserve.com>
+  Contributed magnetic variation code (impliments Nima WMM 2000)
+  We've also borrowed from Ed's wonderful aviation formulary at various
+  times as well.
+  http://www.best.com/~williams/index.html
+
+
+Jean-Claude Wippler <jcw@equi4.com>
+  Author of MetaKit - a portable, embeddible database with a portable
+  data file format.  This software is not GPL'd but the author is kindly
+  allowing us to bundle MetaKit with our code.  MetaKit has a liberal
+  X/MIT-style license.  Please see the following URL for more info:
+  http://www.equi4.com/metakit
+
+
+WoodSoup Project  http://www.woodsoup.org
+  Provided computing resources and services so that the Flight Gear 
+  project could have real home.  This includes, web services, 
+  ftp services, shell accounts, email lists, dns services, etc.
+
+
+Robert Allan Zeh <raz@cmg.FCNBD.COM>
+  Helped me tremendously in figuring out the Cygnus win32 compiler and
+  how to link with .dll's.  With out him the first runable win32
+  version of FG would have been impossible.
+
+
+
+NOTE:
+----
+
+THIS DOCUMENT WAS INITIALLY WRITTEN BY 
+Curt L. Olson  <curt@flightgear.org>
+
+
+05 Jul 2000 Removed non-SimGear entries (CLO)
+
+08 Mar 2000 CONTENTS RESEARCHED AND UPDATED by 
+            Oliver Delise  <delise@mail.isis.de>

XGL/Makefile.am

@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-lib_LIBRARIES = libXGL.a
-
-libXGL_a_SOURCES = xgl.c xgl.h xglUtils.c
-
-INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir) -I$(top_builddir)/Simulator

acinclude.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,415 @@
+dnl
+dnl originally from ncftp 2.3.0
+dnl added wi_EXTRA_PDIR and wi_ANSI_C
+dnl $Id$
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_EXTRA_IDIR, [
+incdir="$1"
+if test -r $incdir ; then
+	case "$CPPFLAGS" in
+		*-I${incdir}*)
+			# echo "   + already had $incdir" 1>&6
+			;;
+		*)
+			if test "$CPPFLAGS" = "" ; then
+				CPPFLAGS="-I$incdir"
+			else
+				CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$incdir"
+			fi
+			echo "   + found $incdir" 1>&6
+			;;
+	esac
+fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_EXTRA_LDIR, [
+mylibdir="$1"
+if test -r $mylibdir ; then
+	case "$LDFLAGS" in
+		*-L${mylibdir}*)
+			# echo "   + already had $mylibdir" 1>&6
+			;;
+		*)
+			if test "$LDFLAGS" = "" ; then
+				LDFLAGS="-L$mylibdir"
+			else
+				LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$mylibdir"
+			fi
+			echo "   + found $mylibdir" 1>&6
+			;;
+	esac
+fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl __FP__
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_EXTRA_PDIR, [
+progdir="$1"
+if test -r $progdir ; then
+	case "$PATH" in
+		*:${progdir}*)
+			# echo "   + already had $progdir" 1>&6
+			;;
+		*${progdir}:*)
+			# echo "   + already had $progdir" 1>&6
+			;;
+		*)
+			if test "$PATH" = "" ; then
+				PATH="$progdir"
+			else
+				PATH="$PATH:$progdir"
+			fi
+			echo "   + found $progdir" 1>&6
+			;;
+	esac
+fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl If you want to also look for include and lib subdirectories in the
+dnl $HOME tree, you supply "yes" as the first argument to this macro.
+dnl
+dnl If you want to look for subdirectories in include/lib directories,
+dnl you pass the names in argument 3, otherwise pass a dash.
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_EXTRA_DIRS, [echo "checking for extra include and lib directories..." 1>&6
+ifelse([$1], yes, [dnl
+b1=`cd .. ; pwd`
+b2=`cd ../.. ; pwd`
+exdirs="$HOME $j $b1 $b2 $prefix $2"
+],[dnl
+exdirs="$prefix $2"
+])
+subexdirs="$3"
+if test "$subexdirs" = "" ; then
+	subexdirs="-"
+fi
+for subexdir in $subexdirs ; do
+if test "$subexdir" = "-" ; then
+	subexdir=""
+else
+	subexdir="/$subexdir"
+fi
+for exdir in $exdirs ; do
+	if test "$exdir" != "/usr" || test "$subexdir" != ""; then
+		incdir="${exdir}/include${subexdir}"
+		wi_EXTRA_IDIR($incdir)
+
+		mylibdir="${exdir}/lib${subexdir}"
+		wi_EXTRA_LDIR($mylibdir)
+
+		progdir="${exdir}/bin${subexdirr}"
+		wi_EXTRA_PDIR($progdir)
+	fi
+done
+done
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_HPUX_CFLAGS,
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING(if HP-UX ansi C compiler flags are needed)
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
+os=`uname -s | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'`
+ac_cv_hpux_flags=no
+if test "$os" = hp-ux ; then
+	if test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes ; then
+		if test "$CFLAGS" != "" ; then
+			# Shouldn't be in there.
+			CFLAGS=`echo "$CFLAGS" | sed 's/-Aa//g'`
+		fi
+	else
+		# If you're not using gcc, then you better have a cc/c89
+		# that is usable.  If you have the barebones compiler, it
+		# won't work.  The good compiler uses -Aa for the ANSI
+		# compatible stuff.
+		x=`echo $CFLAGS | grep 'Aa' 2>/dev/null`
+		if test "$x" = "" ; then
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Aa"
+		fi
+		ac_cv_hpux_flags=yes
+	fi
+	# Also add _HPUX_SOURCE to get the extended namespace.
+	x=`echo $CFLAGS | grep '_HPUX_SOURCE' 2>/dev/null`
+	if test "$x" = "" ; then
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_HPUX_SOURCE"
+	fi
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($ac_cv_hpux_flags)
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_CFLAGS, [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
+wi_HPUX_CFLAGS
+	if test "$CFLAGS" = "" ; then
+		CFLAGS="-O"
+	elif test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = "yes" ; then
+		case "$CFLAGS" in
+			*"-g -O"*)
+				#echo "using -g as default gcc CFLAGS" 1>&6
+				CFLAGS=`echo $CFLAGS | sed 's/-g\ -O/-O/'`
+				;;
+			*"-O -g"*)
+				# Leave the -g, but remove all -O options.
+				#echo "using -g as default gcc CFLAGS" 1>&6
+				CFLAGS=`echo $CFLAGS | sed 's/-O\ -g/-O/'`
+				;;
+		esac
+	fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_PROTOTYPES, [
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(if the compiler supports function prototypes)
+AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[extern void exit(int status);],[wi_cv_prototypes=yes
+AC_DEFINE(PROTOTYPES)],wi_cv_prototypes=no)
+AC_MSG_RESULT($wi_cv_prototypes)
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_ANSI_C, [
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(ANSI-style function definitions)
+AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[int blubb(int x) { return 0; }],[wi_cv_ansi_funcs=yes
+AC_DEFINE(ANSI_FUNCS)],wi_cv_ansi_funcs=no)
+AC_MSG_RESULT($wi_cv_ansi_funcs)
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_HEADER_SYS_SELECT_H, [
+# See if <sys/select.h> is includable after <sys/time.h>
+if test "$ac_cv_header_sys_time_h" = no ; then
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h sys/select.h)
+else
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/select.h)
+fi
+if test "$ac_cv_header_sys_select_h" = yes ; then
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([if <sys/select.h> is compatible with <sys/time.h>])
+	selecth=yes
+	if test "$ac_cv_header_sys_time_h" = yes ; then
+		AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/time.h>
+		#include <sys/select.h>],[
+		fd_set a;
+		struct timeval tmval;
+
+		tmval.tv_sec = 0;],selecth=yes,selecth=no)
+
+		if test "$selecth" = yes ; then
+			AC_DEFINE(CAN_USE_SYS_SELECT_H)
+		fi
+	fi
+	AC_MSG_RESULT($selecth)
+fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_LIB_RESOLV, [
+# See if we could access two well-known sites without help of any special
+# libraries, like resolv.
+
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+ 
+main()
+{
+	struct hostent *hp1, *hp2;
+	int result;
+
+	hp1 = gethostbyname("gatekeeper.dec.com");
+	hp2 = gethostbyname("ftp.ncsa.uiuc.edu");
+	result = ((hp1 != (struct hostent *) 0) && (hp2 != (struct hostent *) 0));
+	exit(! result);
+}],look_for_resolv=no,look_for_resolv=yes,look_for_resolv=yes)
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if we need to look for -lresolv])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($look_for_resolv)
+if test "$look_for_resolv" = yes ; then
+AC_CHECK_LIB(resolv,main)
+else
+	ac_cv_lib_resolv=no
+fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN(wi_LIB_NSL, [
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(if we can use -lnsl)
+ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS";
+LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl";
+AC_CACHE_VAL(r_cv_use_libnsl, [
+AC_TRY_RUN(
+main() { if (getpwuid(getuid())) exit(0); exit(-1); },
+nc_cv_use_libnsl=yes, nc_cv_use_libnsl=no, nc_cv_use_libnsl=no)
+])
+if test "$nc_cv_use_libnsl" = "no"; then LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"; fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_use_libnsl)
+])dnl
+
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN(nc_PATH_PROG_ZCAT, [
+AC_PATH_PROG(GZCAT,gzcat)
+AC_PATH_PROG(ZCAT,zcat)
+if test "x$GZCAT" = x ; then
+	if test "x$ZCAT" != x ; then
+		# See if zcat is really gzcat.  gzcat has a --version option, regular
+		# zcat does not.
+		AC_MSG_CHECKING(if zcat is really gzcat in disguise)
+		if $ZCAT --version 2> /dev/null ; then
+			AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GZCAT, "$ZCAT")
+			AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+		else
+			AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+		fi
+	fi
+else
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GZCAT, "$GZCAT")
+fi
+
+if test "x$ZCAT" != x ; then
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ZCAT, "$ZCAT")
+fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_SYSV_EXTRA_DIRS, [
+# Use System V because their curses extensions are required.  This must
+# be done early so we use the -I and -L in the library checks also.
+# This is mostly a Solaris/SunOS hack.  Note that doing this will also
+# use all of the other System V libraries and headers.
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for alternative System V libraries)
+if test -f /usr/5include/curses.h ; then
+	CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/5include"
+	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L/usr/5lib"
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_DEFINE_UNAME, [
+# Get first 127 chars of all uname information.  Some folks have
+# way too much stuff there, so grab only the first 127.
+unam=`uname -a 2>/dev/null | cut -c1-127`
+if test "$unam" != "" ; then
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(UNAME, "$unam")
+fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_READLINE_WITH_NCURSES, [
+# Readline and Ncurses could both define "backspace".
+# Warn about this if we have both things in our definitions list.
+
+if test "$ac_cv_lib_readline" = yes && test "$ac_cv_lib_ncurses" = yes ; then
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(if readline and ncurses will link together)
+j="$LIBS"
+LIBS="-lreadline -lncurses"
+AC_TRY_LINK(,[
+readline("prompt");
+endwin();
+],k=yes,k=no)
+if test "$k" = no ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+	# Remove '-lreadline' from LIBS.
+	LIBS=`echo $j | sed s/-lreadline//g`
+	ac_cv_lib_readline=no
+	AC_WARN([The versions of GNU readline and ncurses you have installed on this system
+can't be used together, because they use the same symbol, backspace. If
+possible, recompile one of the libraries with -Dbackspace=back_space, then
+re-run configure.])
+
+else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+	LIBS="$j"
+fi
+
+fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+
+dnl AC_EXT_DAYLIGHT
+dnl Check for an external variable daylight. Stolen from w3c-libwww.
+AC_DEFUN(AC_EXT_DAYLIGHT,
+[ AC_MSG_CHECKING(int daylight variable)
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], [return daylight;],
+  have_daylight=yes,
+  have_daylight=no)
+AC_MSG_RESULT($have_daylight)
+])dnl
+
+dnl AC_EXT_TIMEZONE
+dnl Check for an external variable timezone. Stolen from tcl-8.0.
+AC_DEFUN(AC_EXT_TIMEZONE,
+[
+#
+# Its important to include time.h in this check, as some systems (like convex)
+# have timezone functions, etc.
+#
+have_timezone=no
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([long timezone variable])
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>],
+        [extern long timezone;
+         timezone += 1;
+         exit (0);],
+        [have_timezone=yes
+         AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)],
+         AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
+
+#
+# On some systems (eg IRIX 6.2), timezone is a time_t and not a long.
+#
+if test "$have_timezone" = no; then
+   AC_MSG_CHECKING([time_t timezone variable])
+   AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>],
+        [extern time_t timezone;
+         timezone += 1;
+         exit (0);],
+        [have_timezone=yes
+         AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)],
+         AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
+fi
+])dnl
+
+## AC_BZ_SET_COMPILER: Addition by Theodore Papadopoulo
+## Patch by Jim McKelvey: change sed -e 's/ /@/g' to sed -e 's/ /@/'
+AC_DEFUN(AC_SG_SET_COMPILER,
+  [cxxwith=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/ /@/'`
+   case "$cxxwith" in
+     *:*@*)                 # Full initialization syntax
+       CXX=`echo "$cxxwith" | sed  -n -e 's/.*:\(.*\)@.*/\1/p'`
+       CXXFLAGS=`echo "$cxxwith" | sed  -n -e 's/.*:.*@\(.*\)/\1/p'`
+     ;;
+     *:*)                   # Simple initialization syntax
+       CXX=`echo "$cxxwith" | sed  -n -e 's/.*:\(.*\)/\1/p'`
+       CXXFLAGS=$3
+     ;;
+     *)                     # Default values
+       CXX=$2
+       CXXFLAGS=$3
+       CC="$2 --c"
+##       CFLAGS=
+     ;;
+   esac])

am2dsp.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+type = StaticLibrary,Multithreaded,
+exclude_dir = threads
+
+include_path = .
+include_path = ..
+include_path = .\SimGear
+include_path = .\SimGear\metakit-2.4.3\include
+include_path = ..\SimGear\zlib-1.1.4
+
+define = HAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+add_project = .\SimGear\metakit-2.4.3\win\msvc60\mklib.dsp,mklib
+add_project = .\SimGear\zlib.dsp,zlib
+
+# Rule to create simgear_config.h
+add_source_file = SOURCE=.\simgear\simgear_config.h.vc5\
+\
+!IF  "$(CFG)" == "SimGear - Win32 Release"\
+\
+# Begin Custom Build - Creating config.h\
+InputPath=.\simgear\simgear_config.h.vc5\
+\
+".\simgear\simgear_config.h" : $(SOURCE) "$(INTDIR)" "$(OUTDIR)"\
+        copy .\simgear\simgear_config.h.vc5 .\simgear\simgear_config.h\
+\
+# End Custom Build\
+\
+!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "SimGear - Win32 Debug"\
+\
+# Begin Custom Build - Creating config.h\
+InputPath=.\simgear\simgear_config.h.vc5\
+\
+".\simgear\simgear_config.h" : $(SOURCE) "$(INTDIR)" "$(OUTDIR)"\
+        copy .\simgear\simgear_config.h.vc5 .\simgear\simgear_config.h\
+\
+# End Custom Build\
+\
+!ENDIF\
+

autogen.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+OSTYPE=`uname -s`
+MACHINE=`uname -m`
+AUTO_MAKE_VERSION=`automake --version | head -1 | awk '{print $4}' | sed -e 's/\-p[0-9]$//' | sed -e 's/\.//'`
+
+echo "Host info: $OSTYPE $MACHINE"
+echo -n " automake: `automake --version | head -1 | awk '{print $4}'`"
+echo " ($AUTO_MAKE_VERSION)"
+echo ""
+
+ACLOCAL_OPTS=""
+if [ $AUTO_MAKE_VERSION -ge 14 ]; then
+    if [ $OSTYPE = "IRIX" -o $OSTYPE = "IRIX64" ]; then    echo " -I ."
+        ACLOCAL_OPTS="-I ."
+    fi
+fi
+echo "Running aclocal $ACLOCAL_OPTS"
+aclocal $ACLOCAL_OPTS
+
+echo "Running autoheader"
+autoheader
+if [ ! -e simgear/simgear_config.h.in ]; then
+    echo "ERROR: autoheader didn't create simgear/simgear_config.h.in!"
+    exit 1
+fi    
+
+echo -n "Running automake"
+if [ $OSTYPE = "IRIX" -o $OSTYPE = "IRIX64" ]; then
+    echo " --add-missing --include-deps"
+    automake --add-missing --include-deps
+else
+    echo " --add-missing"
+    automake --add-missing
+fi
+
+echo "Running autoconf"
+autoconf
+
+if [ ! -e configure ]; then
+    echo "ERROR: configure was not created!"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+# fixup Makefiles for Irix
+if test "$OSTYPE" = "IRIX" -o "$OSTYPE" = "IRIX64"; then
+    echo "Fixing Makefiles for Irix"
+    for n in `find . -name Makefile.in`; do \
+        mv -f $n $n.ar-new; \
+        sed 's/$(AR) cru /$(AR) -o /g' $n.ar-new > $n; \
+        rm -f $n.ar-new; \
+    done;
+fi
+
+echo ""
+echo "======================================"
+
+if [ -f config.cache ]; then
+    echo "config.cache exists.  Removing the config.cache file will force"
+    echo "the ./configure script to rerun all it's tests rather than using"
+    echo "the previously cached values."
+    echo ""
+fi
+
+echo "Now you are ready to run './configure'"
+echo "======================================"

configure.ac

@@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
+dnl Process this file with aclocal ; automake -a ; autoconf to produce a 
+dnl working configure script.
+dnl
+dnl $Id$
+
+AC_INIT
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([simgear/bucket/newbucket.cxx])
+
+# Require at least automake 2.52
+AC_PREREQ(2.52)
+
+dnl Initialize the automake stuff
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(SimGear, 0.0.19pre2)
+
+dnl Specify KAI C++ compiler and flags.
+dnl Borrowed with slight modification from blitz distribution.
+AC_ARG_WITH(cxx,
+  [  --with-cxx=COMPILER[:name-flags] set options for COMPILER (KCC)],
+  [case "$withval" in
+    KCC*)    # KAI C++ http://www.kai.com/
+      echo "Configuring for KAI C++"
+      AC_SG_SET_COMPILER($withval,"KCC","--restrict --strict_warnings")
+      CXX_OPTIMIZE_FLAGS=="+K3 -O3"
+      CXX_DEBUG_FLAGS="-g +K0"
+    ;;
+  esac
+])
+
+echo CXX = $CXX
+echo CC = $CC
+
+dnl Checks for programs.
+AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_CPP
+AC_PROG_CXX
+AC_PROG_RANLIB
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+AC_PROG_LN_S
+
+AR="ar"
+OS=`uname -s`
+if test "$OS" = "IRIX" -o "$OS" = "IRIX64"; then
+    if test "$CXX" = "CC"; then
+        AR="CC -ar"
+        AC_SUBST(AR)
+    fi
+fi
+
+if echo $includedir | egrep "simgear$" > /dev/null; then
+    echo "includedir is" $includedir "libdir is" $libdir
+else
+    includedir="${includedir}/simgear"
+    echo "includedir changed to" $includedir "libdir is" $libdir
+fi
+         
+# Determine version of automake ... important because of
+# incompatibilities between versions
+AUTO_MAKE_VERSION=`automake --version | head -1 | awk '{print $4}' | sed -e 's/\-p[[0-9]]$//' | sed -e 's/\.//'`
+AM_CONDITIONAL(ANCIENT_AUTOMAKE, test $AUTO_MAKE_VERSION -lt 14)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(OLD_AUTOMAKE, test $AUTO_MAKE_VERSION -lt 15)
+
+# set logging default value
+# with_logging=yes
+AC_ARG_WITH(logging, [  --with-logging          Include logging output (default)])
+if test "x$with_logging" = "xno" ; then
+    AC_DEFINE([FG_NDEBUG], 1, [Define for no logging output])
+fi
+
+# Specify if we want to build with Norman's jpeg image server support.
+# This requires libjpeg to be installed and available.
+# Default to with_jpeg_server=no
+JPEGLIB=''
+AC_ARG_WITH(jpeg_factory, [  --with-jpeg-factory     Include Norman's jpeg image factory support code])
+if test "x$with_jpeg_factory" = "xyes" ; then
+    echo "Building with Norman's jpeg image factory support"
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(jpeg, jpeg_start_compress)
+    if test "x$ac_cv_lib_jpeg_jpeg_start_compress" != "xyes" ; then
+        echo
+        echo "In order to build the jpeg factory code you need libjpeg installed."
+        echo "otherwise please configure with the --with-jpeg-sever=no option"
+        echo
+        echo "libjpeg is available at :"
+        echo "  ftp://ftp.uu.net in the directory graphics/jpeg"
+        exit 1
+    fi
+else
+    echo "Building without Norman's jpeg image server support"
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_JPEG_SERVER, test "x$with_jpeg_factory" = "xyes")
+
+
+dnl Check for MS Windows environment
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(windows.h)
+
+AC_EGREP_CPP(yes,
+[#ifdef __MINGW32__
+ yes
+ #endif
+],is_mingw=yes, is_mingw=no)
+
+echo "IS_MINGW = $is_mingw"
+AM_CONDITIONAL(IS_MINGW, test "x$is_mingw" = "xyes")
+
+AC_EGREP_CPP(yes,
+[#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+ yes
+ #endif
+],is_cygwin=yes, is_cygwin=no)
+
+echo "IS_CYGWIN = $is_cygwin"
+AM_CONDITIONAL(IS_CYGWIN, test "x$is_cygwin" = "xyes")
+
+if test "x$HOSTTYPE" != "xmacintosh" -a "x$is_mingw" != "xyes"; then
+    dnl extra library and include directories
+    EXTRA_DIRS="/usr/local /usr/local/plib /usr/X11R6"
+
+    if test -d /opt/X11R6 ; then
+        EXTRA_DIRS="$EXTRA_DIRS /opt/X11R6"
+    fi
+fi
+
+wi_EXTRA_DIRS(no, ${EXTRA_DIRS})
+
+dnl Using AM_CONDITIONAL is a step out of the protected little 
+dnl automake fold so it is potentially dangerous.  But, we are
+dnl beginning to run into cases where the standard checks are not
+dnl enough.  AM_CONDITIONALS are then referenced to conditionally
+dnl build a Makefile.in from a Makefile.am which lets us define custom
+dnl includes, compile alternative source files, etc.
+
+dnl X11 might be installed on Mac OS X, don't want to use it if it is.
+if test "x$HOSTTYPE" != "xmacintosh" ; then
+    dnl Check for X11 (fancy)
+    AC_PATH_XTRA
+fi
+
+dnl Checks for libraries.
+
+null_LIBS="$LIBS"
+
+AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos)
+
+base_LIBS="$LIBS"
+
+dnl Thread related checks
+AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_exit)
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(pthread.h)
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_exit" = "xyes" -a "x$ac_cv_header_pthread_h" = "xyes"; then
+    CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS -D_REENTRANT"
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_REENTRANT"
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_THREADS, test "x$ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_exit" = "xyes" -a "x$ac_cv_header_pthread_h" = "xyes")
+
+AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, socket)
+
+dnl X11 might be installed, but we don't want to use it for OSX -dw-
+if test "x$HOSTTYPE" != "xmacintosh" ; then
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XCreateWindow)
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XShmCreateImage)
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xi, XGetExtensionVersion)
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(ICE, IceOpenConnection)
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(SM, SmcOpenConnection)
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xt, XtMalloc)
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xmu, XmuLookupStandardColormap)
+fi
+
+dnl check for OpenGL related libraries
+
+if test "x$HOSTTYPE" = "xmacintosh" ; then
+    dnl Macintosh OSX
+    LIBS="$LIBS -framework OpenGL -framework GLUT"
+elif test "x$ac_cv_header_windows_h" != "xyes" ; then
+    dnl Reasonable stuff for X-Windows based machines
+
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(GLcore, glNewList)
+    if test "x$ac_cv_lib_GLcore_glNewList" = "xno" ; then
+	dnl if no GLcore, check for GL
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(GL, glNewList)
+	if test "x$ac_cv_lib_GL_glNewList" = "xno" ; then
+	    dnl if no GL, check for MesaGL
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(MesaGL, glNewList)
+	fi
+    else
+	dnl if GLcore found, then also check for GL
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(GL, glXCreateContext)
+    fi
+
+    dnl if using mesa, check for xmesa.h
+    if test "x$ac_cv_lib_MesaGL_glNewList" = "xyes" ; then
+	AC_CHECK_HEADER(GL/fxmesa.h)
+	if test "x$ac_cv_header_GL_fxmesa_h" = "xyes"; then
+	    AC_DEFINE([XMESA], 1, [Define for fxmesa])
+            AC_DEFINE([FX], 1, [Define for fxmesa])
+        fi
+    fi
+
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(GLU, gluLookAt)
+    if test "x$ac_cv_lib_GLU_gluLookAt" = "xno" ; then
+	dnl if no GLU, check for MesaGLU
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(MesaGLU, gluLookAt)
+    fi
+
+    dnl check for glut
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(glut, glutGetModifiers)
+
+    dnl test for glutGameModeString, but avoid adding glut a second time into
+    dnl the list of libraries
+    save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(glut, glutGameModeString)
+    LIBS="$save_LIBS"
+else
+    dnl Win32 libs
+
+    echo Win32 specific hacks...
+    AC_DEFINE([WIN32], 1, [Define for Win32 platforms])
+
+    dnl just define these to true and hope for the best
+    ac_cv_lib_glut_glutGetModifiers="yes"
+    ac_cv_lib_glut_glutGameModeString="yes"
+
+    if test "x$with_sgi_opengl" = "xyes" ; then
+        echo "Building with glut.dll, glu.dll, and opengl.dll"
+	WIN32_GLUT=glut
+	WIN32_GLU=glu
+	WIN32_OPENGL=opengl
+    else 
+	echo "Building with glut32.dll, glu32.dll, and opengl32.dll"
+	WIN32_GLUT=glut32
+	WIN32_GLU=glu32
+	WIN32_OPENGL=opengl32
+    fi
+
+    LIBS="$LIBS -l${WIN32_GLUT} -l${WIN32_GLU} -l${WIN32_OPENGL}"
+    LIBS="$LIBS -luser32 -lgdi32"
+    if test "x$is_mingw" = "xyes" ; then
+        EXTRA_DIRS="${EXTRA_DIRS}"
+    fi
+    echo "Will link apps with $LIBS"
+fi
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_glut_glutGetModifiers" = "xno"; then
+    echo 
+    echo "Unable to find the necessary OpenGL or GLUT libraries."
+    echo "See config.log for automated test details and results ..."
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_glut_glutGameModeString" = "xno"; then
+    echo
+    echo "Your version of glut doesn't support game mode."
+    echo "You need to install the latest version of glut.  If your"
+    echo "distribution doesn't provide a newer version, you can get the source"
+    echo "code from:"
+    echo
+    echo "    http://reality.sgi.com/opengl/glut3/glut3.html"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+opengl_LIBS="$LIBS"
+LIBS="$base_LIBS"
+
+AC_SUBST(base_LIBS)
+AC_SUBST(opengl_LIBS)
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_XWINDOWS, test "x$ac_cv_lib_X11_XCreateWindow" = "xyes" )
+
+# The following are C++ items that need to be tested for with the c++
+# compiler
+
+AC_LANG_PUSH(C++)
+
+dnl Check for "plib" without which we cannot go on
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(plib/pu.h)
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_plib_pu_h" != "xyes"; then
+    echo
+    echo "You *must* have the plib library installed on your system to build"
+    echo "the FGFS simulator!"
+    echo
+    echo "Please see README.plib for more details."
+    echo
+    echo "configure aborted."
+    exit
+fi
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(plib/ssgaLensFlare.h)
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_plib_ssgaLensFlare_h" = "xyes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE([FG_CHEESY_LENS_FLARE], 1, [Define for cheesy lens flare effect])
+fi
+
+dnl Check for system installed metakit
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(mk4.h)
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_mk4_h" != "xyes"; then
+    echo 
+    echo "Metakit not found, you will need to install this first."
+    echo "Please read the README.metakit for more information."
+    exit
+fi
+
+AC_LANG_POP
+
+dnl Specify if we want logging (testing build) or not (release build)
+
+dnl Check for system installed zlib
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(zlib.h)
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_zlib_h" != "xyes"; then
+    echo 
+    echo "zlib not found, you will need to install this first."
+    echo "Please read the README.zlib for more information."
+    exit
+fi
+
+dnl Checks for header files.
+AC_HEADER_STDC
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS( \
+	fcntl.h getopt.h malloc.h memory.h stdint.h stdlib.h sys/param.h \
+	sys/stat.h sys/time.h sys/timeb.h unistd.h windows.h winbase.h values.h )
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_stdint_h" = "xyes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STDINT_H], 1, [Define if stdint.h exists])
+fi
+
+dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
+AC_C_CONST
+AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
+AC_HEADER_TIME
+AC_STRUCT_TM
+
+dnl Checks for library functions.
+AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
+AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS( ftime gettimeofday timegm memcpy bcopy mktime strstr rand \
+	random drand48 setitimer getitimer signal GetLocalTime rint getrusage )
+
+AM_CONFIG_HEADER(simgear/simgear_config.h)
+
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([ \
+	Makefile \
+	SimGear.spec \
+	src-libs/Makefile \
+	simgear/Makefile \
+	simgear/version.h \
+	simgear/bucket/Makefile \
+	simgear/debug/Makefile \
+	simgear/ephemeris/Makefile \
+	simgear/interpreter/Makefile \
+	simgear/io/Makefile \
+	simgear/magvar/Makefile \
+	simgear/math/Makefile \
+	simgear/metar/Makefile \
+	simgear/misc/Makefile \
+	simgear/route/Makefile \
+	simgear/screen/Makefile \
+	simgear/serial/Makefile \
+	simgear/sky/Makefile \
+	simgear/threads/Makefile \
+	simgear/timing/Makefile \
+	simgear/xgl/Makefile \
+	simgear/xml/Makefile \
+])
+AC_OUTPUT
+
+
+echo ""
+echo "Configure Summary"
+echo "================="
+
+echo "Prefix: $prefix"
+
+if test "x$with_logging" != "x"; then
+    echo "Debug messages: $with_logging"
+else
+    echo "Debug messages: yes"
+fi
+
+echo -n "Automake version: ($AUTO_MAKE_VERSION) "
+automake --version | head -1
+
+if test "x$with_jpeg_factory" = "xyes"; then
+   echo "With JPEG Factory support"
+else
+   echo "Without JPEG Factory support"
+fi
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_exit" = "xyes" -a "x$ac_cv_header_pthread_h" = "xyes"; then
+   echo "Threads: pthread lib found."
+else
+   echo "Threads: no threads (pthread lib not found.)"
+fi

example/Makefile.am

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-bin_PROGRAMS = example
-
-example_SOURCES = example.cxx
-
-example_LDADD = \
-	$(top_builddir)/Lib/Audio/src/libsl.a \
-	$(top_builddir)/Lib/Audio/src/libsm.a
-
-INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir)/Lib/Audio/src
-
-if ENABLE_IRIX_AUDIO
-LIBS += -laudio
-endif
-
-if ENABLE_WIN32_AUDIO
-LIBS += -lwinmm
-endif

example/example.cxx

@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-
-
-#include "sl.h"
-#include "sm.h"
-#include <math.h>
-
-/*
-  Construct a sound scheduler and a mixer.
-*/
-
-slScheduler sched ( 8000 ) ;
-smMixer mixer ;
-
-int main ()
-{
-  mixer . setMasterVolume ( 30 ) ;
-  sched . setSafetyMargin ( 0.128 ) ;
-
-  /* Just for fun, let's make a one second synthetic engine sample... */
-
-  Uchar buffer [ 8000 ] ;
-
-  for ( int i = 0 ; i < 8000 ; i++ )
-  {
-    /* Sum some sin waves and convert to range 0..1 */
-
-    float level = ( sin ( (double) i * 2.0 * M_PI / (8000.0/ 50.0) ) +
-                    sin ( (double) i * 2.0 * M_PI / (8000.0/149.0) ) +
-                    sin ( (double) i * 2.0 * M_PI / (8000.0/152.0) ) +
-                    sin ( (double) i * 2.0 * M_PI / (8000.0/192.0) )
-                  ) / 8.0f + 0.5f ;
-
-    /* Convert to unsigned byte */
-
-    buffer [ i ] = (Uchar) ( level * 255.0 ) ;
-  }
-
-  /* Set up four samples and a loop */
-
-  slSample  *s = new slSample ( buffer, 8000 ) ;
-  slSample *s1 = new slSample ( "scream.ub", & sched ) ;
-  slSample *s2 = new slSample ( "zzap.wav" , & sched ) ;
-  slSample *s3 = new slSample ( "cuckoo.au", & sched ) ;
-  slSample *s4 = new slSample ( "wheeee.ub", & sched ) ;
-
-  /* Mess about with some of the samples... */
-
-  s1 -> adjustVolume ( 2.2  ) ;
-  s2 -> adjustVolume ( 0.5  ) ;
-  s3 -> adjustVolume ( 0.2  ) ;
-
-  /* Play the engine sample continuously. */
-
-  sched . loopSample ( s ) ;
-
-  int tim = 0 ;  /* My periodic event timer. */
-
-  while ( SL_TRUE )
-  {
-    tim++ ;  /* Time passes */
-
-    if ( tim % 200 == 0 ) sched.playSample ( s1 ) ;
-    if ( tim % 180 == 0 ) sched.playSample ( s2 ) ;
-    if ( tim % 150 == 0 ) sched.playSample ( s3 ) ;
-    if ( tim % 120 == 0 ) sched.playSample ( s4 ) ;
-
-    /*
-      For the sake of realism, I'll delay for 1/30th second to
-      simulate a graphics update process.
-    */
-
-#ifdef WIN32
-    Sleep ( 1000 / 30 ) ;      /* 30Hz */
-#elif defined(sgi)
-    sginap( 3 );               /* ARG */
-#else
-    usleep ( 1000000 / 30 ) ;  /* 30Hz */
-#endif
-
-    /*
-      This would normally be called just before the graphics buffer swap
-      - but it could be anywhere where it's guaranteed to get called
-      fairly often.
-    */
-
-    sched . update () ;
-  }
-}
-

mksymlinks.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+echo ""
+echo "running $0 to rebuild simgear include links"
+
+# toast the old directory
+rm -rf src/simgear
+mkdir src/simgear
+mkdir src/simgear/bucket
+mkdir src/simgear/debug
+mkdir src/simgear/math
+mkdir src/simgear/misc
+mkdir src/simgear/screen
+mkdir src/simgear/serial
+mkdir src/simgear/xgl
+mkdir src/simgear/zlib
+
+# build new links
+ln -s ../include/compiler.h src/simgear/compiler.h
+ln -s ../include/constants.h src/simgear/constants.h
+ln -s ../include/fg_traits.hxx src/simgear/fg_traits.hxx
+ln -s ../include/fg_zlib.h src/simgear/fg_zlib.h
+ln -s ../include/version.h src/simgear/version.h
+
+ln -s ../../bucket/newbucket.hxx src/simgear/bucket/newbucket.hxx
+
+ln -s ../../debug/debug_types.h src/simgear/debug/debug_types.h
+ln -s ../../debug/logstream.hxx src/simgear/debug/logstream.hxx
+
+ln -s ../../math/fg_memory.h src/simgear/math/fg_memory.h
+ln -s ../../math/fg_types.hxx src/simgear/math/fg_types.hxx
+ln -s ../../math/point3d.hxx src/simgear/math/point3d.hxx
+ln -s ../../math/polar3d.hxx src/simgear/math/polar3d.hxx
+
+ln -s ../../misc/fgpath.hxx src/simgear/misc/fgpath.hxx
+ln -s ../../misc/fgstream.hxx src/simgear/misc/fgstream.hxx
+ln -s ../../misc/zfstream.hxx src/simgear/misc/zfstream.hxx
+
+ln -s ../../xgl/xgl.h src/simgear/xgl/xgl.h
+
+ln -s ../../zlib/zlib.h src/simgear/zlib/zlib.h
+ln -s ../../zlib/zconf.h src/simgear/zlib/zconf.h

simgear/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Makefile
+Makefile.in
+simgear_config.h
+simgear_config.h.in
+stamp-h
+stamp-h.in
+version.h

simgear/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+if HAVE_THREADS
+SGTHREAD_DIR = threads
+else
+SGTHREAD_DIR = 
+endif
+
+# METAR_DIRS =
+METAR_DIRS = metar
+
+EXTRA_DIST = simgear_config.h.vc5 version.h.in
+
+include_HEADERS = \
+	compiler.h constants.h sg_inlines.h sg_traits.hxx sg_zlib.h version.h
+
+SUBDIRS = \
+	xml \
+	debug \
+	misc \
+	bucket \
+	ephemeris \
+	io \
+	magvar \
+	math \
+	$(METAR_DIRS) \
+	route \
+	screen \
+	serial \
+	sky \
+	$(SGTHREAD_DIR) \
+	timing \
+	xgl
+
+DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) interpreter